11. Sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ

1. Veḷudvāravaggo

1. Cakkavattirājasuttaṃ

997. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Tatra kho bhagavā…pe… etadavoca – ‘‘kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī [cakkavatti (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāretvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ, so tattha nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, so catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato, atha kho so aparimuttova [aparimutto ca (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako piṇḍiyālopena yāpeti, nantakāni ca dhāreti, so catūhi dhammehi samannāgato, atha kho so parimutto [parimutto ca (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā’’.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha , bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti . Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ – cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato hoti. Yo ca, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho, yo catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhassa kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasi’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Brahmacariyogadhasuttaṃ

998. ‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.

Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna [vatvā (sī. pī.) evamīdisesu ṭhānesu] sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Yesaṃ saddhā ca sīlañca, pasādo dhammadassanaṃ;

Te ve kālena paccenti, brahmacariyogadhaṃ sukha’’nti. dutiyaṃ;

3. Dīghāvuupāsakasuttaṃ



这是11. 预流支相应
竹门品
转轮王经
舍卫城因缘。在那里，世尊...（中略）...说道："诸比丘，即使转轮王统治四大洲，行使主权，身坏命终后生于善趣天界，与三十三天为伴，在那里的欢喜园中被众天女围绕，享受五种天界欲乐，但如果他不具足四法，他仍未脱离地狱、畜生道、饿鬼道、恶趣、堕处。诸比丘，即使圣弟子以乞食为生，穿粗布衣，但如果他具足四法，他就已脱离地狱、畜生道、饿鬼道、恶趣、堕处。"
"哪四法？诸比丘，在此，圣弟子对佛具足不动之信，即'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊'。对法具足不动之信，即'法由世尊善说，现见、无时、来见、引导、智者自知'。对僧具足不动之信，即'世尊的声闻僧众善行道，世尊的声闻僧众直行道，世尊的声闻僧众如理行道，世尊的声闻僧众正行道。即四双八辈，这就是世尊的声闻僧众，应受供养、应受款待、应受布施、应受合掌，是世间无上福田'。具足圣者所爱戒，即无缺、无破、无污、无杂、自在、智者所赞、无执著、导向定。他具足这四法。诸比丘，获得四大洲与获得这四法相比，获得四大洲不值获得这四法的十六分之一。"第一
梵行立足经
"诸比丘，具足四法的圣弟子是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。
"哪四法？在此，诸比丘，圣弟子对佛具足不动之信，即'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒，即无缺...（中略）...导向定。诸比丘，具足这四法的圣弟子是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。"
世尊说此。说此已，善逝、导师又说：
"信、戒、净信、见法，
他们适时会获得，
梵行立足之乐。"第二
长寿优婆塞经

999. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena dīghāvu upāsako ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho dīghāvu upāsako pitaraṃ jotikaṃ gahapatiṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, gahapati, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda – ‘dīghāvu, bhante , upāsako ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, bhagavā yena dīghāvussa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, tātā’’ti kho jotiko gahapati dīghāvussa upāsakassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jotiko gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dīghāvu, bhante, upāsako ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno . So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati. Evañca vadeti – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, bhagavā yena dīghāvussa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena dīghāvussa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā dīghāvuṃ upāsakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, dīghāvu, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no abhikkamo’’ti? ‘‘Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṃ, na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo’’ti. ‘‘Tasmātiha te, dīghāvu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato bhavissāmi – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato bhavissāmi akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi’. Evañhi te, dīghāvu, sikkhitabba’’nti.

‘‘Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi. Ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī’’ti . ‘‘Tasmātiha tvaṃ, dīghāvu, imesu catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu patiṭṭhāya cha vijjābhāgiye dhamme uttari bhāveyyāsi. Idha tvaṃ, dīghāvu, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharāhi, anicce dukkhasaññī, dukkhe anattasaññī pahānasaññī virāgasaññī nirodhasaññīti. Evañhi te, dīghāvu, sikkhitabba’’nti.

‘‘Yeme, bhante, bhagavatā cha vijjābhāgiyā dhammā desitā, saṃvijjante te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi. Ahañhi, bhante, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharāmi, anicce dukkhasaññī, dukkhe anattasaññī pahānasaññī virāgasaññī nirodhasaññī. Api ca me, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘mā hevāyaṃ jotiko gahapati mamaccayena vighātaṃ āpajjī’’’ti [āpajjati (ka.)]. ‘‘Mā tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, evaṃ manasākāsi. Iṅgha tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, yadeva te bhagavā āha, tadeva tvaṃ sādhukaṃ manasi karohī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā dīghāvuṃ upāsakaṃ iminā ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho dīghāvu upāsako acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘yo so, bhante, dīghāvu nāma upāsako bhagavatā saṃkhittena ovādena ovadito so kālaṅkato. Tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti? ‘‘Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, dīghāvu upāsako, paccapādi [ahosi saccavādī (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] dhammassānudhammaṃ, na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ [na ca dhammādhikaraṇaṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] vihesesi [viheṭhesi (itipi aññattha)]. Dīghāvu, bhikkhave, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.



一时，世尊住在王舍城（现在的拉杰吉尔）竹林栖鸟处。那时，长寿优婆塞生病，痛苦，重病。于是长寿优婆塞对父亲灯光居士说："来吧，居士，去世尊那里；去后以我的名义顶礼世尊双足，说：'世尊，长寿优婆塞生病，痛苦，重病。他顶礼世尊双足。'并这样说：'世尊，请世尊慈悲，到长寿优婆塞的住处来。'"灯光居士回答长寿优婆塞说："好的，孩子。"然后去世尊那里；到后礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的灯光居士对世尊说："世尊，长寿优婆塞生病，痛苦，重病。他顶礼世尊双足。并这样说：'世尊，请世尊慈悲，到长寿优婆塞的住处来。'"世尊以沉默表示同意。
然后世尊穿好衣服，拿着钵和衣，去长寿优婆塞的住处；到后坐在准备好的座位上。坐下后，世尊对长寿优婆塞说："长寿，你还好吗？能忍受吗？痛苦减轻，不增加吗？是减轻，不是加重吗？""世尊，我不好，不能忍受。剧烈的痛苦在增加，不减轻；是加重，不是减轻。"
"因此，长寿，你应当这样学：'我将具足对佛的不动信，即世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。对法...对僧...我将具足圣者所爱戒，即无缺...导向定。'长寿，你应当这样学。"
"世尊，世尊所说的这四预流支，这些法我都具足，我也在这些法中显现。世尊，我具足对佛的不动信，即世尊是...天人师、佛、世尊。对法...对僧...我具足圣者所爱戒，即无缺...导向定。"
"因此，长寿，你在这四预流支上建立后，应当进一步修习六明分法。在此，长寿，你应住于观一切行无常，于无常观苦，于苦观无我，观断、观离、观灭。长寿，你应当这样学。"
"世尊，世尊所说的这六明分法，这些法我都具足，我也在这些法中显现。世尊，我住于观一切行无常，于无常观苦，于苦观无我，观断、观离、观灭。但是，世尊，我这样想：'愿这灯光居士在我去世后不要悲伤。'"
"孩子长寿，你不要这样想。来吧，孩子长寿，你要好好注意世尊所说的。"
然后世尊以这教诫教诫长寿优婆塞后，从座位起身离开。长寿优婆塞在世尊离开不久后去世。然后许多比丘去世尊那里；到后礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那些比丘对世尊说："世尊，那个名叫长寿的优婆塞，被世尊简略教诫后去世了。他的去处如何，未来如何？"
"比丘们，长寿优婆塞是智者，随法而行，不因法而烦扰我。比丘们，长寿优婆塞因五下分结尽，是化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那世界回来。"第三

4. Paṭhamasāriputtasuttaṃ

1000. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca ānando sāvatthiyaṃ viharanti jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito…pe… ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katinaṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti ? ‘‘Catunnaṃ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’.

‘‘Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Dutiyasāriputtasuttaṃ

1001. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘‘sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, sotāpattiyaṅga’nti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. Katamaṃ nu kho sāriputta, sotāpattiyaṅga’’nti? ‘‘Sappurisasaṃsevo hi, bhante, sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, saddhammassavanaṃ sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, yonisomanasikāro sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti sotāpattiyaṅga’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Sappurisasaṃsevo hi, sāriputta, sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, saddhammassavanaṃ sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, yonisomanasikāro sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ’’.

‘‘‘Soto, soto’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, sāriputta, soto’’ti? ‘‘Ayameva hi, bhante, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo soto, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Ayameva hi, sāriputta, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo soto, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi’’.

‘‘‘Sotāpanno , sotāpanno’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotāpanno’’ti ? ‘‘Yo hi, bhante, iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno, svāyaṃ āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Yo hi, sāriputta, iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno, svāyaṃ āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

6. Thapatisuttaṃ



4. 舍利弗经第一
一时，尊者舍利弗和尊者阿难住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。傍晚时分，尊者阿难从独处起来...（中略）...坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿难对尊者舍利弗说："舍利弗贤友，具足几法，世尊宣说这些人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉？""贤友，具足四法，世尊宣说这些人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。"
"哪四法？贤友，在此，圣弟子对佛具足不动之信，即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒，即无缺...（中略）...导向定。贤友，具足这四法，世尊宣说这些人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。"第四
5. 舍利弗经第二
然后尊者舍利弗去世尊那里；到后礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的尊者舍利弗说："舍利弗，这里所说的'预流支、预流支'，舍利弗，什么是预流支？""世尊，亲近善士是预流支，听闻正法是预流支，如理作意是预流支，法随法行是预流支。""善哉善哉，舍利弗！舍利弗，亲近善士是预流支，听闻正法是预流支，如理作意是预流支，法随法行是预流支。"
"舍利弗，这里所说的'流、流'，舍利弗，什么是流？""世尊，这八支圣道就是流，即：正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。""善哉善哉，舍利弗！舍利弗，这八支圣道就是流，即：正见...（中略）...正定。"
"舍利弗，这里所说的'预流者、预流者'，舍利弗，什么是预流者？""世尊，具足这八支圣道的人，他被称为预流者，这位尊者如是名、如是姓。""善哉善哉，舍利弗！舍利弗，具足这八支圣道的人，他被称为预流者，这位尊者如是名、如是姓。"第五
6. 工匠经

1002. Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo sādhuke paṭivasanti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo – ‘‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – ‘niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’’ti.

Atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo magge purisaṃ ṭhapesuṃ – ‘‘yadā tvaṃ, ambho purisa, passeyyāsi bhagavantaṃ āgacchantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ, atha amhākaṃ āroceyyāsī’’ti. Dvīhatīhaṃ ṭhito kho so puriso addasa bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna yena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā isidattapurāṇe thapatayo etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ so, bhante, bhagavā āgacchati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. Yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathā’’ti.

Atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –

‘‘Yadā mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti , hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante , bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘vajjīhi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘vajjīhi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kāsīhi māgadhe cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kāsīhi māgadhe cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti anappakaṃ domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘māgadhehi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti , hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘māgadhehi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kāsīhi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kāsīhi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.


1002. 舍卫城因缘。那时，许多比丘为世尊做衣，[想着]："世尊做好衣后，三个月过后将出游。"那时，伊斯达塔和普拉纳两位工匠住在萨杜卡，因某事务。伊斯达塔和普拉纳两位工匠听说："许多比丘为世尊做衣，[想着]'世尊做好衣后，三个月过后将出游'。"
于是伊斯达塔和普拉纳两位工匠在路上安排一个人："喂，你若看见世尊、阿罗汉、正等正觉来，就告诉我们。"那人站了两三天，远远地看见世尊来。看见后就去伊斯达塔和普拉纳两位工匠那里；到后对伊斯达塔和普拉纳两位工匠说："先生们，这就是世尊、阿罗汉、正等正觉来了。现在你们认为是时候了。"
于是伊斯达塔和普拉纳两位工匠去世尊那里；到后礼敬世尊，跟在世尊后面。然后世尊离开道路，去一棵树下；到后坐在准备好的座位上。伊斯达塔和普拉纳两位工匠礼敬世尊后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的伊斯达塔和普拉纳两位工匠对世尊说：
"世尊，当我们听说'世尊将从舍卫城出游到憍萨罗'时，我们那时不高兴，忧愁，[想]'世尊将离我们远去'。世尊，当我们听说'世尊已从舍卫城出游到憍萨罗'时，我们那时不高兴，忧愁，[想]'世尊离我们远了'。"
"世尊，当我们听说'世尊将从憍萨罗出游到摩罗'时，我们那时不高兴，忧愁，[想]'世尊将离我们远去'。世尊，当我们听说'世尊已从憍萨罗出游到摩罗'时，我们那时不高兴，忧愁，[想]'世尊离我们远了'。"
"世尊，当我们听说'世尊将从摩罗出游到跋耆'时，我们那时不高兴，忧愁，[想]'世尊将离我们远去'。世尊，当我们听说'世尊已从摩罗出游到跋耆'时，我们那时不高兴，忧愁，[想]'世尊离我们远了'。"
"世尊，当我们听说'世尊将从跋耆出游到迦尸'时，我们那时不高兴，忧愁，[想]'世尊将离我们远去'。世尊，当我们听说'世尊已从跋耆出游到迦尸'时，我们那时不高兴，忧愁，[想]'世尊离我们远了'。"
"世尊，当我们听说'世尊将从迦尸出游到摩揭陀'时，我们那时不高兴，忧愁，[想]'世尊将离我们远去'。世尊，当我们听说'世尊已从迦尸出游到摩揭陀'时，我们那时非常不高兴，非常忧愁，[想]'世尊离我们远了'。"
"世尊，当我们听说'世尊将从摩揭陀出游到迦尸'时，我们那时高兴，欢喜，[想]'世尊将靠近我们'。世尊，当我们听说'世尊已从摩揭陀出游到迦尸'时，我们那时高兴，欢喜，[想]'世尊靠近我们了'。"
"世尊，当我们听说'世尊将从迦尸出游到跋耆'时，我们那时高兴，欢喜，[想]'世尊将靠近我们'。世尊，当我们听说'世尊已从迦尸出游到跋耆'时，我们那时高兴，欢喜，[想]'世尊靠近我们了'。"


‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘mallehi kosale cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘mallehi kosale cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kosalehi sāvatthiṃ cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’ti, hoti anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti anappakaṃ somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.

‘‘Tasmātiha, thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā’’ti. ‘‘Katamo pana vo, thapatayo, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā’’ti?

‘‘Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yadā rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyātukāmo hoti, ye te rañño pasenadissa kosalassa nāgā opavayhā te kappetvā, yā tā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa pajāpatiyo piyā manāpā tā ekaṃ purato ekaṃ pacchato nisīdāpema. Tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo gandho hoti, seyyathāpi nāma gandhakaraṇḍakassa tāvadeva vivariyamānassa, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ gandhena vibhūsitānaṃ. Tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo kāyasamphasso hoti, seyyathāpi nāma tūlapicuno vā kappāsapicuno vā, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ sukhedhitānaṃ. Tasmiṃ kho pana, bhante, samaye nāgopi rakkhitabbo hoti, tāpi bhaginiyo rakkhitabbā honti, attāpi rakkhitabbo hoti. Na kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, abhijānāma tāsu bhaginīsu pāpakaṃ cittaṃ uppādetā. Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā’’ti.

‘‘Tasmātiha, thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāya. Catūhi kho, thapatayo, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, thapatayo, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… vigatamalamaccherena cetasā ajjhāgāraṃ vasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Imehi kho, thapatayo, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

‘‘Tumhe kho, thapatayo, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… yaṃ kho pana kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ appaṭivibhattaṃ sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, thapatayo, katividhā te kosalesu manussā ye tumhākaṃ samasamā, yadidaṃ – dānasaṃvibhāge’’ti? ‘‘Lābhā no, bhante, suladdhaṃ no, bhante! Yesaṃ no bhagavā evaṃ pajānātī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Veḷudvāreyyasuttaṃ



"世尊,当我们听说'世尊将从跋耆出游到摩罗'时,我们那时高兴,欢喜,[想]'世尊将靠近我们'。世尊,当我们听说'世尊已从跋耆出游到摩罗'时,我们那时高兴,欢喜,[想]'世尊靠近我们了'。"
"世尊,当我们听说'世尊将从摩罗出游到憍萨罗'时,我们那时高兴,欢喜,[想]'世尊将靠近我们'。世尊,当我们听说'世尊已从摩罗出游到憍萨罗'时,我们那时高兴,欢喜,[想]'世尊靠近我们了'。"
"世尊,当我们听说'世尊将从憍萨罗出游到舍卫城'时,我们那时高兴,欢喜,[想]'世尊将靠近我们'。世尊,当我们听说'世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园'时,我们那时非常高兴,非常欢喜,[想]'世尊靠近我们了'。"
"因此,工匠们,在家生活是狭隘的,是尘垢之路,出家是开阔的。工匠们,你们应当精进。""世尊,对我们来说,除了这个狭隘外,还有另一个更狭隘、更被称为狭隘的。""工匠们,对你们来说,除了这个狭隘外,什么是另一个更狭隘、更被称为狭隘的呢?"
"世尊,在这里,当憍萨罗国王波斯匿想要出游到园林时,我们准备国王波斯匿的乘象,让国王波斯匿喜爱的妃子们一个坐在前面,一个坐在后面。世尊,那些姐妹们有这样的香气,就像刚打开的香盒一样,因为她们是用香料装饰的王女。世尊,那些姐妹们有这样的身体触感,就像棉絮或木棉一样,因为她们是养尊处优的王女。世尊,那时我们既要保护象,也要保护那些姐妹,还要保护自己。世尊,我们不记得对那些姐妹们生起过邪恶之心。世尊,这就是对我们来说,除了那个狭隘外,另一个更狭隘、更被称为狭隘的。"
"因此,工匠们,在家生活是狭隘的,是尘垢之路,出家是开阔的。工匠们,你们应当精进。工匠们,具足四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。
"哪四法?在此,工匠们,圣弟子对佛具足不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...以离悭垢之心住家,慷慨布施,亲手施与,乐于舍弃,乐于被乞求,乐于分享布施。工匠们,具足这四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。
"工匠们,你们对佛具足不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...家中任何应施之物,都与持戒、善法者共享。工匠们,你们认为,在憍萨罗国中,有多少人在布施分享方面与你们相等?"
"世尊,我们有幸,我们很幸运!世尊如此了知我们。"第六
7. 竹门经

1003. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷudvāraṃ nāma kosalānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ veḷudvāraṃ anuppatto. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā [bhagavāti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti’. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti.

Atha kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu; sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayaṃ, bho gotama, evaṃkāmā evaṃchandā evaṃadhippāyā – puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvaseyyāma, kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhaveyyāma, mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhāreyyāma, jātarūparajataṃ sādiyeyyāma, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyāma. Tesaṃ no bhavaṃ gotamo amhākaṃ evaṃkāmānaṃ evaṃchandānaṃ evaṃadhippāyānaṃ tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā mayaṃ puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvaseyyāma…pe… sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyāmā’’ti.

‘‘Attūpanāyikaṃ vo, gahapatayo, dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Katamo ca, gahapatayo, attupanāyiko dhammapariyāyo? Idha, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ khosmi jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo. Yo kho maṃ jīvitukāmaṃ amaritukāmaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhappaṭikūlaṃ jīvitā voropeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ jīvitukāmaṃ amaritukāmaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhappaṭikūlaṃ jīvitā voropeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ kāyasamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yo kho me adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana parassa adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti ! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, parañca adinnādānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, adinnādānā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ kāyasamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.


1003. 如是我闻。一时,世尊与大比丘众一起在憍萨罗国游行,来到一个名叫竹门的憍萨罗国婆罗门村。竹门的婆罗门居士们听说:"沙门乔达摩,释迦子,从释迦族出家,与大比丘众一起游行到了竹门。关于这位乔达摩尊者,有这样的美好声誉流传:'这位世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。他以自己的智慧证悟后,向这包括天、魔、梵、沙门、婆罗门的众生、天、人宣说。他宣说的法初善、中善、后善,有义有文,显示完全圆满清净的梵行。'见到这样的阿罗汉是好的。"
于是竹门的婆罗门居士们去世尊那里;到后,有些人礼敬世尊后坐在一旁。有些人与世尊互相问候,寒暄后坐在一旁。有些人向世尊合掌后坐在一旁。有些人在世尊面前说出自己的姓名后坐在一旁。有些人默默地坐在一旁。坐在一旁的竹门婆罗门居士们对世尊说:"乔达摩先生,我们有这样的欲望、这样的意愿、这样的目标 - 我们想住在儿女拥挤的床上,享受迦尸檀香,戴花香涂香,接受金银,身坏命终后生于善趣天界。请乔达摩先生为我们这些有这样欲望、这样意愿、这样目标的人说法,使我们能住在儿女拥挤的床上...（中略）...生于善趣天界。"
"居士们,我将为你们说一个与自己有关的法门。请听,好好作意,我将说。""好的,先生。"竹门的婆罗门居士们回答世尊。世尊说:
"居士们,什么是与自己有关的法门?在此,居士们,圣弟子这样思维:'我想活着,不想死,想快乐,厌恶痛苦。如果有人夺取我这个想活着、不想死、想快乐、厌恶痛苦的人的生命,那对我来说不可爱、不可意。如果我夺取别人这个想活着、不想死、想快乐、厌恶痛苦的人的生命,那对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,我怎么能把它加于别人呢?'他如此思维后,自己远离杀生,劝导他人远离杀生,赞叹远离杀生。这样他的身行就在三方面清净。
"再者,居士们,圣弟子这样思维:'如果有人以偷盗的方式拿走我的东西,那对我来说不可爱、不可意。如果我以偷盗的方式拿走别人的东西,那对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,我怎么能把它加于别人呢?'他如此思维后,自己远离不与取,劝导他人远离不与取,赞叹远离不与取。这样他的身行就在三方面清净。


‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yo kho me dāresu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana parassa dāresu cārittaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ kāyasamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yo kho me musāvādena atthaṃ bhañjeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana parassa musāvādena atthaṃ bhañjeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, parañca musāvādā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, musāvādā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – yo kho maṃ pisuṇāya vācāya mitte bhindeyya [mittehi bhedeyya (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)], na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ pisuṇāya vācāya mitte bhindeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ…pe… evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – yo kho maṃ pharusāya vācāya samudācareyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ pharusāya vācāya samudācareyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo…pe… evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yo kho maṃ samphabhāsena samphappalāpabhāsena samudācareyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ samphabhāsena samphappalāpabhāsena samudācareyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti , parañca samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.

‘‘So buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme …pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Yato kho, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako imehi sattahi saddhammehi [dhammehi (sī.)] samannāgato hoti imehi catūhi ākaṅkhiyehi ṭhānehi, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni [khīṇatiracchānayoniyo (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), khīṇatiracchānayoniko (ka.)] khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… ete mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsake no bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete [pāṇupetaṃ (ka.)] saraṇaṃ gate’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Paṭhamagiñjakāvasathasuttaṃ



"再者,居士们,圣弟子这样思维:'如果有人与我的妻子通奸,那对我来说不可爱、不可意。如果我与别人的妻子通奸,那对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,我怎么能把它加于别人呢?'他如此思维后,自己远离邪淫,劝导他人远离邪淫,赞叹远离邪淫。这样他的身行就在三方面清净。
"再者,居士们,圣弟子这样思维:'如果有人用妄语损害我的利益,那对我来说不可爱、不可意。如果我用妄语损害别人的利益,那对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,我怎么能把它加于别人呢?'他如此思维后,自己远离妄语,劝导他人远离妄语,赞叹远离妄语。这样他的语行就在三方面清净。
"再者,居士们,圣弟子这样思维:'如果有人用离间语离间我的朋友,那对我来说不可爱、不可意。如果我用离间语离间别人的朋友,那对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的...（中略）...这样他的语行就在三方面清净。
"再者,居士们,圣弟子这样思维:'如果有人用粗恶语对我说话,那对我来说不可爱、不可意。如果我用粗恶语对别人说话,那对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说...（中略）...这样他的语行就在三方面清净。
"再者,居士们,圣弟子这样思维:'如果有人用无意义的话、废话对我说话,那对我来说不可爱、不可意。如果我用无意义的话、废话对别人说话,那对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,对别人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。这个对我来说不可爱、不可意的法,我怎么能把它加于别人呢?'他如此思维后,自己远离废话,劝导他人远离废话,赞叹远离废话。这样他的语行就在三方面清净。
"他对佛具足不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧具足不动之信,即'世尊的声闻僧众善行道...（中略）...是世间无上福田'。他具足圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。居士们,当圣弟子具足这七正法和这四可欲处时,他若愿意,可以自己宣说自己:'我已灭尽地狱,已灭尽畜生道,已灭尽饿鬼道,已灭尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。'"
说此已,竹门的婆罗门居士们对世尊说:"太好了,乔达摩先生...（中略）...我们归依乔达摩尊者、法和比丘僧。愿乔达摩尊者接受我们为优婆塞,从今日起终生归依。"第七
8. 砖屋经第一

1004. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā ñātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā; tassā kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā kālaṅkatā; tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?

‘‘Sāḷho , ānanda, bhikkhu kālaṅkato āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī; sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.

‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṃ kareyya; tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce maṃ kālaṅkate upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ paṭipucchissatha. Vihesā pesā, ānanda, assa tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda , dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’.

‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’?

‘‘Idha, ānanda, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

(Tīṇipi suttantāni ekanidānāni).

9. Dutiyagiñjakāvasathasuttaṃ

1005. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘asoko nāma, bhante, bhikkhu kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Asokā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā…pe… asoko nāma, bhante, upāsako kālaṅkato…pe… asokā nāma, bhante, upāsikā kālaṅkatā; tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?

‘‘Asoko, ānanda, bhikkhu kālaṅkato āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi…pe… (purimaveyyākaraṇena ekanidānaṃ).

‘‘Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Tatiyagiñjakāvasathasuttaṃ



1004. 如是我闻。一时,世尊住在那提迦(Ñātika)的砖屋中。那时,尊者阿难去世尊那里;到后礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿难对世尊说:
"世尊,名叫沙罗的比丘去世了;他的去处如何,未来如何?名叫难陀的比丘尼去世了;她的去处如何,未来如何?名叫须达多的优婆塞去世了;他的去处如何,未来如何?名叫须阇多的优婆夷去世了;她的去处如何,未来如何?"
"阿难,沙罗比丘去世时,已经通过自己的智慧证悟、实现、成就了诸漏已尽的无漏心解脱、慧解脱,并住于其中。阿难,难陀比丘尼去世时,已经灭尽五下分结,是化生者,在那里般涅槃,不从那世界回来。阿难,须达多优婆塞去世时,已经灭尽三结,贪嗔痴薄,是一来者;他还会再来这个世界一次,然后作苦边。阿难,须阇多优婆夷去世时,已经灭尽三结,是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。
"阿难,人死亡并不奇怪;如果每次有人死亡你都来问我这个问题,那会使如来疲劳。因此,阿难,我将教导一个名为'法镜'的法门;具足此法门的圣弟子,若愿意,可以自己宣说自己:'我已灭尽地狱,已灭尽畜生道,已灭尽饿鬼道,已灭尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。'"
"阿难,什么是'法镜'法门,具足此法门的圣弟子,若愿意,可以自己宣说自己:'我已灭尽地狱,已灭尽畜生道,已灭尽饿鬼道,已灭尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉'?"
"阿难,在此,圣弟子对佛具足不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。阿难,这就是'法镜'法门,具足此法门的圣弟子,若愿意,可以自己宣说自己:'我已灭尽地狱,已灭尽畜生道,已灭尽饿鬼道,已灭尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉'。"第八
(这三部经有相同的序言)
9. 砖屋经第二
1005. 坐在一旁的尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,名叫阿输迦的比丘去世了;他的去处如何,未来如何?世尊,名叫阿输迦的比丘尼去世了...（中略）...世尊,名叫阿输迦的优婆塞去世了...（中略）...世尊,名叫阿输迦的优婆夷去世了;她的去处如何,未来如何?"
"阿难,阿输迦比丘去世时,已经通过自己的智慧证悟、实现、成就了诸漏已尽的无漏心解脱、慧解脱,并住于其中...（中略）...（与前面的解释相同）
"阿难,这就是'法镜'法门,具足此法门的圣弟子,若愿意,可以自己宣说自己:'我已灭尽地狱,已灭尽畜生道,已灭尽饿鬼道,已灭尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉'。"第九
10. 砖屋经第三

1006. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kakkaṭo nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kaḷibho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… nikato nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… kaṭissaho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… bhaddo nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… subhaddo nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?

‘‘Kakkaṭo , ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kaḷibho, ānanda …pe… nikato, ānanda…pe… kaṭissaho, ānanda …pe… tuṭṭho, ānanda…pe… santuṭṭho, ānanda…pe… bhaddo, ānanda…pe… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. (Sabbe ekagatikā kātabbā).

‘‘Paropaññāsa, ānanda, ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikanavuti, ānanda, ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino; sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Chātirekāni kho, ānanda, pañcasatāni ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.

‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṃ kareyya; tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce maṃ kālaṅkate upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ paṭipucchissatha. Vihesā pesā, ānanda, assa tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’.

‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’.

‘‘Idhānanda , ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Veḷudvāravaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Rājā ogadhadīghāvu, sāriputtāpare duve;

Thapatī veḷudvāreyyā, giñjakāvasathe tayoti.

2. Rājakārāmavaggo

1. Sahassabhikkhunisaṅghasuttaṃ

1007. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati rājakārāme. Atha kho sahassabhikkhunisaṅgho [sahasso bhikkhunisaṃgho (sī.)] yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Catūhi kho, bhikkhuniyo, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhuniyo, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme …pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti, akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhuniyo, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Brāhmaṇasuttaṃ



1006. 坐在一旁的尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,名叫卡卡塔的那提迦优婆塞去世了;他的去处如何,未来如何?世尊,名叫卡利巴的那提迦优婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫尼卡塔的那提迦优婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫卡提萨哈的那提迦优婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫图塔的那提迦优婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫桑图塔的那提迦优婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫巴达的那提迦优婆塞...（中略）...世尊,名叫苏巴达的那提迦优婆塞去世了;他的去处如何,未来如何?"
"阿难,卡卡塔优婆塞去世时,已经灭尽五下分结,是化生者,在那里般涅槃,不从那世界回来。阿难,卡利巴...（中略）...尼卡塔...（中略）...卡提萨哈...（中略）...图塔...（中略）...桑图塔...（中略）...巴达...（中略）...苏巴达优婆塞去世时,已经灭尽五下分结,是化生者,在那里般涅槃,不从那世界回来。(所有人都应该说成相同的去处)
"阿难,那提迦有五十多名优婆塞去世,他们已经灭尽五下分结,是化生者,在那里般涅槃,不从那世界回来。阿难,那提迦有九十多名优婆塞去世,他们已经灭尽三结,贪嗔痴薄,是一来者;他们还会再来这个世界一次,然后作苦边。阿难,那提迦有五百多名优婆塞去世,他们已经灭尽三结,是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。
"阿难,人死亡并不奇怪;如果每次有人死亡你都来问我这个问题,那会使如来疲劳。因此,阿难,我将教导一个名为'法镜'的法门;具足此法门的圣弟子,若愿意,可以自己宣说自己:'我已灭尽地狱,已灭尽畜生道,已灭尽饿鬼道,已灭尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。'"
"阿难,什么是'法镜'法门,具足此法门的圣弟子,若愿意,可以自己宣说自己:'我已灭尽地狱,已灭尽畜生道,已灭尽饿鬼道,已灭尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉'?"
"阿难,在此,圣弟子对佛具足不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。阿难,这就是'法镜'法门,具足此法门的圣弟子,若愿意,可以自己宣说自己:'我已灭尽地狱,已灭尽畜生道,已灭尽饿鬼道,已灭尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉'。"第十
竹门品第一
其摄颂:
王、沉没、长寿、舍利弗两经、
工匠、竹门、砖屋三经。
2. 王园品
1. 千比丘尼众经
1007. 一时,世尊住在舍卫城的王园。那时,千比丘尼众去世尊那里;到后礼敬世尊,站在一旁。世尊对站在一旁的那些比丘尼说:
"比丘尼们,具足四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。哪四法?在此,比丘尼们,圣弟子对佛具足不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。比丘尼们,具足这四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。"第一
2. 婆罗门经

1008. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . ‘‘Brāhmaṇā, bhikkhave, udayagāminiṃ nāma paṭipadaṃ paññapenti. Te sāvakaṃ evaṃ samādapenti – ‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, kālasseva uṭṭhāya pācīnamukho yāhi. So tvaṃ mā sobbhaṃ parivajjehi, mā papātaṃ, mā khāṇuṃ, mā kaṇḍakaṭhānaṃ [kaṇḍakaṃ ṭhānaṃ (pī. ka.)], mā candaniyaṃ, mā oḷigallaṃ. Yattha [yattheva (syā. kaṃ.), yāni vā (sī.)] papateyyāsi tattheva maraṇaṃ āgameyyāsi. Evaṃ tvaṃ, ambho purisa, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissasī’’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇānaṃ bālagamanametaṃ [bālānaṃ gamanametaṃ (sī.)] mūḷhagamanametaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati. Ahañca kho, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye udayagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ paññapemi; yā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, udayagāminī paṭipadā; yā ekantanibbidāya…pe… nibbānāya saṃvattati? Idha , bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ kho sā, bhikkhave, udayagāminī paṭipadā ekantanibbidāya…pe… nibbānāya saṃvattatī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Ānandattherasuttaṃ



1008. 舍卫城因缘。"比丘们,婆罗门们宣称有一种名为'增长之道'的修行。他们这样教导弟子:'来吧,朋友,你应该早晨起来向东走。你不要避开水沟,不要避开悬崖,不要避开树桩,不要避开荆棘丛,不要避开污水池,不要避开粪坑。你可能跌倒的地方就是你会死的地方。朋友,这样你身坏命终后就会生于善趣、天界。'"
"比丘们,这是婆罗门们愚蠢的做法,愚昧的做法,不能导向厌离、离欲、灭尽、寂静、通达、正觉、涅槃。比丘们,我在圣者的律中宣说'增长之道'的修行;它能完全导向厌离、离欲、灭尽、寂静、通达、正觉、涅槃。"
"比丘们,什么是'增长之道'的修行,能完全导向厌离...（中略）...涅槃?在此,比丘们,圣弟子对佛具足不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。比丘们,这就是'增长之道'的修行,能完全导向厌离...（中略）...涅槃。"第二
3. 阿难长老经

1009. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca sāriputto sāvatthiyaṃ viharanti jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katinaṃ kho, āvuso ānanda , dhammānaṃ pahānā, katinaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti? ‘‘Catunnaṃ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṃ pahānā, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti.

‘‘Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Yathārūpena kho, āvuso, buddhe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa buddhe appasādo na hoti. Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa buddhe aveccappasādo hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’’ti.

‘‘Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dhamme appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa dhamme appasādo na hoti. Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa dhamme aveccappasādo hoti – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… viññūhīti.

‘‘Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe appasādo na hoti. Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe aveccappasādo hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti.

‘‘Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dussīlyena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa dussīlyaṃ na hoti. Yathārūpehi ca kho, āvuso, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpāni ariyakantāni sīlāni honti akhaṇḍāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikāni. Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānā imesaṃ catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Duggatibhayasuttaṃ

1010. ‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggatibhayaṃ samatikkanto hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggatibhayaṃ samatikkanto hotī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Duggativinipātabhayasuttaṃ

1011. ‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggativinipātabhayaṃ samatikkanto hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggativinipātabhayaṃ samatikkanto hotī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

6. Paṭhamamittāmaccasuttaṃ



1009. 一时,尊者阿难和尊者舍利弗住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,尊者舍利弗在傍晚从禅修中起来,去尊者阿难那里;到后与尊者阿难互相问候。寒暄后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者舍利弗对尊者阿难说:"贤友阿难,舍弃多少法、具足多少法,世尊宣说这些人是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉?"
"贤友,舍弃四法、具足四法,世尊宣说这些人是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。"
"哪四法?贤友,未闻法的凡夫具足对佛的不信,身坏命终后生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱,他没有这样的对佛的不信。贤友,多闻圣弟子具足对佛的不动之信,身坏命终后生于善趣、天界,他有这样的对佛的不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。"
"贤友,未闻法的凡夫具足对法的不信,身坏命终后生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱,他没有这样的对法的不信。贤友,多闻圣弟子具足对法的不动之信,身坏命终后生于善趣、天界,他有这样的对法的不动之信,即'法为世尊善说...（中略）...智者自知'。"
"贤友,未闻法的凡夫具足对僧的不信,身坏命终后生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱,他没有这样的对僧的不信。贤友,多闻圣弟子具足对僧的不动之信,身坏命终后生于善趣、天界,他有这样的对僧的不动之信,即'世尊的声闻僧众善行道...（中略）...是世间无上福田'。"
"贤友,未闻法的凡夫具足不善戒,身坏命终后生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱,他没有这样的不善戒。贤友,多闻圣弟子具足圣者所爱戒,身坏命终后生于善趣、天界,他有这样的圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。贤友,舍弃这四法、具足这四法,世尊宣说这些人是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。"第三
4. 恶趣怖畏经
1010. "比丘们,具足四法的圣弟子超越一切恶趣怖畏。哪四法?在此,比丘们,圣弟子对佛具足不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。比丘们,具足这四法的圣弟子超越一切恶趣怖畏。"第四
5. 恶趣堕处怖畏经
1011. "比丘们,具足四法的圣弟子超越一切恶趣堕处怖畏。哪四法?在此,比丘们,圣弟子对佛具足不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。比丘们,具足这四法的圣弟子超越一切恶趣堕处怖畏。"第五
6. 朋友亲戚经第一

1012. ‘‘Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha, ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave, catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā , nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā. Katamesu catūsu? Buddhe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantesu sīlesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā akhaṇḍesu…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikesu. Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha , ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Dutiyamittāmaccasuttaṃ

1013. ‘‘Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha, ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave, catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā. Katamesu catūsu? Buddhe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’’ti.

‘‘Siyā, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ aññathattaṃ – pathavīdhātuyā, āpodhātuyā, tejodhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā – na tveva buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṃ. Tatridaṃ aññathattaṃ – so vata buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato ariyasāvako nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjissatī’’ti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘‘Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantesu sīlesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā akhaṇḍesu…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikesu. Siyā, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ aññathattaṃ – pathavīdhātuyā, āpodhātuyā, tejodhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā – na tveva ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṃ. Tatridaṃ aññathattaṃ – so vata ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjissatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha, ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave , imesu catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Paṭhamadevacārikasuttaṃ

1014. Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca –

‘‘Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sādhu kho, āvuso, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… sādhu kho, āvuso, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti.

‘‘Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Dutiyadevacārikasuttaṃ



1012. "比丘们,那些你们应该同情的人,那些你们认为应该听从的人 - 朋友、亲戚、亲属、血亲 - 你们应该劝导他们、安置他们、建立他们于四预流支。哪四支?应该劝导他们、安置他们、建立他们于对佛的不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...应该劝导他们、安置他们、建立他们于圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。比丘们,那些你们应该同情的人,那些你们认为应该听从的人 - 朋友、亲戚、亲属、血亲 - 你们应该劝导他们、安置他们、建立他们于这四预流支。"第六
7. 朋友亲戚经第二
1013. "比丘们,那些你们应该同情的人,那些你们认为应该听从的人 - 朋友、亲戚、亲属、血亲 - 你们应该劝导他们、安置他们、建立他们于四预流支。哪四支?应该劝导他们、安置他们、建立他们于对佛的不动之信,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。"
"比丘们,四大元素 - 地界、水界、火界、风界 - 可能会改变,但具足对佛不动之信的圣不会改变。这里的改变是指:具足对佛不动之信的圣会生于地狱、畜生道或饿鬼道 - 这是不可能的。对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...应该劝导他们、安置他们、建立他们于圣者所爱戒,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。比丘们,四大元素 - 地界、水界、火界、风界 - 可能会改变,但具足圣者所爱戒的圣不会改变。这里的改变是指:具足圣者所爱戒的圣会生于地狱、畜生道或饿鬼道 - 这是不可能的。比丘们,那些你们应该同情的人,那些你们认为应该听从的人 - 朋友、亲戚、亲属、血亲 - 你们应该劝导他们、安置他们、建立他们于这四预流支。"第七
8. 游天经第一
1014. 舍卫城因缘。那时,尊者大目犍连 - 就像强壮的人伸直弯曲的手臂或弯曲伸直的手臂一样 - 从祇园消失,出现在三十三天。那时,许多三十三天的天神去尊者大目犍连那里;到后礼敬尊者大目犍连,站在一旁。尊者大目犍连对站在一旁的那些天神说:
"朋友们,具足对佛的不动之信是好的,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。朋友们,因为具足对佛的不动之信,所以这里有些众生身坏命终后生于善趣、天界。朋友们,具足对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒是好的,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。朋友们,因为具足圣者所爱戒,所以这里有些众生身坏命终后生于善趣、天界。"
"尊者目犍连,具足对佛的不动之信是好的,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。尊者目犍连,因为具足对佛的不动之信,所以这里有些众生身坏命终后生于善趣、天界。尊者目犍连,具足对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒是好的,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。尊者目犍连,因为具足圣者所爱戒,所以这里有些众生身坏命终后生于善趣、天界。"第八
9. 游天经第二

1015. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca –

‘‘Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā. Sādhu kho, āvuso, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’’ti.

‘‘Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā. Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Tatiyadevacārikasuttaṃ

1016. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatāyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Sādhu kho, āvuso , dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti.

‘‘Sādhu kho, mārisa, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa, evamayaṃ pajā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Sādhu kho, mārisa, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa, evamayaṃ pajā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Rājakārāmavaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sahassabrāhmaṇānanda , duggati apare duve;

Mittāmaccā duve vuttā, tayo ca devacārikāti.

3. Saraṇānivaggo

1. Paṭhamamahānāmasuttaṃ



1015. 舍卫城因缘。那时,尊者大目犍连 - 就像强壮的人伸直弯曲的手臂或弯曲伸直的手臂一样 - 从祇园消失,出现在三十三天。那时,许多三十三天的天神去尊者大目犍连那里;到后礼敬尊者大目犍连,站在一旁。尊者大目犍连对站在一旁的那些天神说:
"朋友们,具足对佛的不动之信是好的,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。朋友们,因为具足对佛的不动之信,所以这里有些众生身坏命终后生于善趣、天界。朋友们,具足对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒是好的,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。朋友们,因为具足圣者所爱戒,所以这里有些众生身坏命终后生于善趣、天界。"
"尊者目犍连,具足对佛的不动之信是好的,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。尊者目犍连,因为具足对佛的不动之信,所以这里有些众生身坏命终后生于善趣、天界。尊者目犍连,具足对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒是好的,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。尊者目犍连,因为具足圣者所爱戒,所以这里有些众生身坏命终后生于善趣、天界。"第九
10. 游天经第三
1016. 那时,世尊 - 就像强壮的人伸直弯曲的手臂或弯曲伸直的手臂一样 - 从祇园消失,出现在三十三天。那时,许多三十三天的天神去世尊那里;到后礼敬世尊,站在一旁。世尊对站在一旁的那些天神说:
"朋友们,具足对佛的不动之信是好的,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。朋友们,因为具足对佛的不动之信,所以这里有些众生是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。朋友们,具足对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒是好的,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。朋友们,因为具足圣者所爱戒,所以这里有些众生是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。"
"尊者,具足对佛的不动之信是好的,即'世尊是阿罗汉...（中略）...天人师、佛、世尊'。尊者,因为具足对佛的不动之信,所以这些众生是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。尊者,具足对法...（中略）...对僧...（中略）...具足圣者所爱戒是好的,即无缺...（中略）...导向定。尊者,因为具足圣者所爱戒,所以这些众生是预流者,不堕恶趣,决定趣向正觉。"第十
王园品第二
其摄颂:
千[比丘尼]、婆罗门、阿难、
两恶趣[经]、两朋友亲戚[经]、
三游天[经]。
3. 归依品
1. 摩诃男经第一

1017. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, kapilavatthu iddhañceva phītañca bāhujaññaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ sambādhabyūhaṃ. So khvāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṃ kapilavatthuṃ pavisanto; bhantenapi [vibbhantenapi (sī.), bhamantenapi (ka.)] hatthinā samāgacchāmi ; bhantenapi assena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi rathena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi sakaṭena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi purisena samāgacchāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, tasmiṃ samaye mussateva [musateva (?)] bhagavantaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati [musati (?)] dhammaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṃ ārabbha sati. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘imamhi cāhaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyyaṃ, kā mayhaṃ gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’’ti?

‘‘Mā bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma! Apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati apāpikā kālaṃkiriyā [kālakiriyā (sī. syā. kaṃ.)]. Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sīlaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sutaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ cāgaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, tassa yo hi khvāyaṃ kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko [cātummahābhūtiko (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo. Taṃ idheva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā khādanti kulalā vā khādanti sunakhā vā khādanti siṅgālā [sigālā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vā khādanti vividhā vā pāṇakajātā khādanti; yañca khvassa cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ taṃ uddhagāmi hoti visesagāmi.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, puriso sappikumbhaṃ vā telakumbhaṃ vā gambhīraṃ udakarahadaṃ ogāhitvā bhindeyya. Tatra yā assa sakkharā vā kaṭhalā [kathalā (pī. ka.)] vā sā adhogāmī assa, yañca khvassa tatra sappi vā telaṃ vā taṃ uddhagāmi assa visesagāmi. Evameva kho, mahānāma, yassa kassaci dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ tassa yo hi khvāyaṃ kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo taṃ idheva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā khādanti kulalā vā khādanti sunakhā vā khādanti siṅgālā vā khādanti vividhā vā pāṇakajātā khādanti; yañca khvassa cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ taṃ uddhagāmi hoti visesagāmi. Tuyhaṃ kho pana, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ . Mā bhāyi, mahānāma , mā bhāyi, mahānāma! Apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati, apāpikā kālaṃkiriyā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyamahānāmasuttaṃ




1017. 如是我闻：一时，世尊住在释迦族中，迦毗罗卫城（现尼泊尔蓝毗尼附近）尼拘律园。那时，释迦族的摩诃男来到世尊所在之处。来到后，向世尊礼敬，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩诃男对世尊如是说："尊者，这迦毗罗卫城富足繁荣，人口众多，街道拥挤。尊者，我在傍晚时分拜见过世尊或值得尊敬的比丘后进入迦毗罗卫城时，有时会遇到奔驰的大象；有时会遇到奔驰的马；有时会遇到奔驰的马车；有时会遇到奔驰的牛车；有时会遇到奔跑的人。尊者，那时我对世尊的念头消失了，对法的念头消失了，对僧的念头消失了。尊者，我就这样想：'如果我此时死去，我的去处会是哪里，来世会是什么样子？'"
"摩诃男，不要害怕！摩诃男，不要害怕！你的死亡将是善的，命终将是善的。摩诃男，任何人长期以信心培育心，以戒行培育心，以闻法培育心，以布施培育心，以智慧培育心，他的这个由四大组成的色身，由父母所生，依赖饭食长养，是无常的、需要涂抹、按摩、破坏、毁灭的法。乌鸦会在这里啄食它，秃鹰会啄食它，鹞鹰会啄食它，狗会啄食它，豺狼会啄食它，各种生物会啄食它；而他那长期以信心培育……乃至……以智慧培育的心，则会上升，会特别上升。
"摩诃男，就像一个人把一罐酥油或一罐油沉入深水中打破。其中的砂石碎片会下沉，而其中的酥油或油则会上升，会特别上升。同样地，摩诃男，任何人长期以信心培育心……乃至……以智慧培育心，他的这个由四大组成的色身，由父母所生，依赖饭食长养，是无常的、需要涂抹、按摩、破坏、毁灭的法。乌鸦会在这里啄食它，秃鹰会啄食它，鹞鹰会啄食它，狗会啄食它，豺狼会啄食它，各种生物会啄食它；而他那长期以信心培育……乃至……以智慧培育的心，则会上升，会特别上升。摩诃男，你长期以信心培育心……乃至……以智慧培育心。摩诃男，不要害怕！摩诃男，不要害怕！你的死亡将是善的，命终将是善的。"
第一经
2. 第二摩诃男经

1018. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, kapilavatthu iddhañceva phītañca bāhujaññaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ sambādhabyūhaṃ. So khvāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṃ kapilavatthuṃ pavisanto; bhantenapi hatthinā samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi assena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi rathena samāgacchāmi; bhante, napi sakaṭena samāgacchāmi; bhante, napi purisena samāgacchāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, tasmiṃ samaye mussateva bhagavantaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati dhammaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṃ ārabbha sati. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘imamhi cāhaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyyaṃ, kā mayhaṃ gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’’ti?

‘‘Mā bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma! Apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati apāpikā kālaṃkiriyā. Catūhi kho, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe …pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi.

‘‘Seyyathāpi , mahānāma, rukkho pācīnaninno pācīnapoṇo pācīnapabbhāro, so mūlacchinno katamena papateyyā’’ti? ‘‘Yena, bhante, ninno yena poṇo yena pabbhāro’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahānāma, imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Godhasakkasuttaṃ



1018. 如是我闻：一时，世尊住在释迦族中，迦毗罗卫城（现尼泊尔蓝毗尼附近）尼拘律园。那时，释迦族的摩诃男来到世尊所在之处。来到后，向世尊礼敬，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩诃男对世尊如是说："尊者，这迦毗罗卫城富足繁荣，人口众多，街道拥挤。尊者，我在傍晚时分拜见过世尊或值得尊敬的比丘后进入迦毗罗卫城时，有时会遇到奔驰的大象；有时会遇到奔驰的马；有时会遇到奔驰的马车；有时会遇到奔驰的牛车；有时会遇到奔跑的人。尊者，那时我对世尊的念头消失了，对法的念头消失了，对僧的念头消失了。尊者，我就这样想：'如果我此时死去，我的去处会是哪里，来世会是什么样子？'"
"摩诃男，不要害怕！摩诃男，不要害怕！你的死亡将是善的，命终将是善的。摩诃男，具足四法的圣弟子倾向涅槃，趋向涅槃，归向涅槃。哪四法？摩诃男，在此，圣弟子具足对佛的不动信心——'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉者……乃至……人天导师、佛、世尊。'对法……对僧……具足圣者所喜爱的戒，即无缺失的……乃至……导向定的戒。
"摩诃男，譬如一棵树倾向东方，趋向东方，归向东方，如果它的根被砍断，它会倒向哪个方向？""尊者，它会倒向它所倾向、趋向、归向的方向。""同样地，摩诃男，具足这四法的圣弟子倾向涅槃，趋向涅槃，归向涅槃。"
第二经
3. 瞿昙释迦经

1019. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena godhā sakko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā godhaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katihi [katīhi (pī. ka.) rūpasiddhi oloketabbā] tvaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’nti?

‘‘Tīhi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Imehi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, tīhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ.

‘‘Tvaṃ pana, mahānāma, katihi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’nti? ‘‘Catūhi khvāhaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, godhe, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi khvāhaṃ, godhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’nti.

‘‘Āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma, āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma! Bhagavāva etaṃ jāneyya etehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ vā asamannāgataṃ vā’’ti. ‘‘Āyāma, godhe, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocessāmā’’ti. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko godhā ca sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Idhāhaṃ , bhante, yena godhā sakko tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā godhaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘katihi tvaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ’? Evaṃ vutte, bhante, godhā sakko maṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Tīhi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Imehi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, tīhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Tvaṃ pana, mahānāma, katamehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’nti?

‘‘Evaṃ vuttāhaṃ, bhante, godhaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘catūhi khvāhaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, godhe, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi khvāhaṃ, godhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’’nti.


1019. 发生在迦毗罗卫城。那时，释迦族的摩诃男来到释迦族的瞿昙所在之处。来到后，对瞿昙释迦如是说："瞿昙，你认为具足几种法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉？"
"摩诃男，我认为具足三法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。哪三法？摩诃男，在此，圣弟子具足对佛的不动信心——'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉者……乃至……人天导师、佛、世尊。'对法……对僧具足不动信心——'世尊的声闻僧众是善行道者……乃至……是世间无上福田。'摩诃男，我认为具足这三法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。
"那么，摩诃男，你认为具足几种法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉？""瞿昙，我认为具足四法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。哪四法？瞿昙，在此，圣弟子具足对佛的不动信心——'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉者……乃至……人天导师、佛、世尊。'对法……对僧……具足圣者所喜爱的戒，即无缺失的……乃至……导向定的戒。瞿昙，我认为具足这四法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。"
"摩诃男，你等一等！摩诃男，你等一等！只有世尊才能知道是否具足这些法。""瞿昙，我们去见世尊吧，去了之后我们将把这件事告诉世尊。"于是摩诃男释迦和瞿昙释迦来到世尊所在之处。来到后，向世尊礼敬，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩诃男释迦对世尊如是说：
"尊者，我来到瞿昙释迦所在之处。来到后，我对瞿昙释迦如是说：'瞿昙，你认为具足几种法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉？'尊者，当我这样说时，瞿昙释迦对我如是说：
'摩诃男，我认为具足三法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。哪三法？摩诃男，在此，圣弟子具足对佛的不动信心——'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉者……乃至……人天导师、佛、世尊。'对法……对僧具足不动信心——'世尊的声闻僧众是善行道者……乃至……是世间无上福田。'摩诃男，我认为具足这三法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。那么，摩诃男，你认为具足哪些法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉？'
"尊者，当他这样说时，我对瞿昙释迦如是说：'瞿昙，我认为具足四法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。哪四法？瞿昙，在此，圣弟子具足对佛的不动信心——'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉者……乃至……人天导师、佛、世尊。'对法……对僧……具足圣者所喜爱的戒，即无缺失的……乃至……导向定的戒。瞿昙，我认为具足这四法的人是预流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。'"





‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhante, godhā sakko maṃ etadavoca – ‘āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma, āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma! Bhagavāva etaṃ jāneyya etehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ vā asamannāgataṃ vā’’’ti. ‘‘Idha , bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho ca upāsakā ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho upāsakā upāsikāyo ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho upāsakā upāsikāyo sadevako ca loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretū’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃvādī tvaṃ, godhe, mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ kiṃ vadesī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃvādāhaṃ, bhante, mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ na kiñci vadāmi, aññatra kalyāṇā aññatra kusalā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Paṭhamasaraṇānisakkasuttaṃ



这样说时，尊者，释迦族的乔陀对我说道："等一等，大名，等一等，大名！世尊才能知道是否具备这些法。"
"在这里，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团。我会站在世尊那一边。尊者，请世尊记住我如此信仰。在这里，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团和比丘尼僧团。我会站在世尊那一边。尊者，请世尊记住我如此信仰。在这里，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团、比丘尼僧团和优婆塞。我会站在世尊那一边。尊者，请世尊记住我如此信仰。在这里，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团、比丘尼僧团、优婆塞和优婆夷。我会站在世尊那一边。尊者，请世尊记住我如此信仰。在这里，尊者，如果有任何法生起，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团、比丘尼僧团、优婆塞、优婆夷和包括天神、魔罗、梵天在内的世界，以及包括沙门、婆罗门在内的人天。我会站在世尊那一边。尊者，请世尊记住我如此信仰。"
"乔陀啊，你这样说，对释迦族的大名你说什么呢？"
"尊者，我这样说，对释迦族的大名我什么也不说，除了善良的，除了善巧的。"
第三。
4. 第一归依释迦经

1020. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Tena kho pana samayena saraṇāni [sarakāni (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] sakko kālaṅkato hoti. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Tatra sudaṃ sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotāpanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato; so bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhādubbalyamāpādi, majjapānaṃ apāyī’’ti.

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Tatra sudaṃ, bhante, sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotapanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato; so bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhādubbalyamāpādi, majjapānaṃ apāyī’’ti.

‘‘Yo so, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, so kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya! Yañhi taṃ, mahānāma, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato’ti, saraṇāni sakkaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Saraṇāni , mahānāma, sakko dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato. So kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya!

‘‘Idha, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño vimuttiyā ca samannāgato. So āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā [asmā (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] lokā. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti . Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇoti . Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.




1020. 迦毗罗卫因缘
当时，释迦族的萨拉那尼去世了。他被世尊宣称为"已入流，必不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉"。于是，许多释迦族人聚集在一起，抱怨、责备、批评说："真是奇怪啊，真是稀有啊！如今谁不是入流者呢！既然萨拉那尼释迦族人去世了，他被世尊宣称为'已入流，必不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉'。萨拉那尼释迦族人违背了学处，饮酒了。"
这时，释迦族的摩诃男走近世尊。走近后，向世尊礼拜，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的释迦族摩诃男对世尊说："尊者，这里萨拉那尼释迦族人去世了。他被世尊宣称为'已入流，必不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉'。在那里，尊者，许多释迦族人聚集在一起，抱怨、责备、批评说：'真是奇怪啊，真是稀有啊！如今谁不是入流者呢！既然萨拉那尼释迦族人去世了，他被世尊宣称为'已入流，必不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉'。萨拉那尼释迦族人违背了学处，饮酒了。'"
"摩诃男啊，一个长期皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的优婆塞，他怎么会堕落呢！摩诃男啊，如果正确地说，应该说：'长期皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的优婆塞'，那么正确地说，应该说萨拉那尼释迦族人。摩诃男啊，萨拉那尼释迦族人长期是皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的优婆塞。他怎么会堕落呢！
摩诃男啊，这里有一类人具足对佛的不动信心——'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊'。对法......对僧......具足敏锐的智慧、迅速的智慧，也具足解脱。他通过诸漏的灭尽，在现法中自己证知、证悟、成就并安住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。摩诃男啊，这类人也解脱了地狱、解脱了畜生道、解脱了饿鬼界、解脱了恶趣、堕落、苦界。
再者，摩诃男啊，这里有一类人具足对佛的不动信心——'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊'。对法......对僧......具足敏锐的智慧、迅速的智慧，但不具足解脱。他因五下分结的灭尽而成为化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那个世界回来。摩诃男啊，这类人也解脱了地狱、解脱了畜生道、解脱了饿鬼界、解脱了恶趣、堕落、苦界。
再者，摩诃男啊，这里有一类人具足对佛的不动信心——'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊'。对法......对僧......不具足敏锐的智慧，不具足迅速的智慧，也不具足解脱。他因三结的灭尽，以及贪、嗔、痴的减弱而成为一来者，还要再来此世间一次就能作苦的终结。摩诃男啊，这类人也解脱了地狱、解脱了畜生道、解脱了饿鬼界、解脱了恶趣、堕落、苦界。
再者，摩诃男啊，这里有一类人具足对佛的不动信心——'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊'。对法......对僧......不具足敏锐的智慧，不具足迅速的智慧，也不具足解脱。他因三结的灭尽而成为入流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。摩诃男啊，这类人也解脱了地狱、解脱了畜生道、解脱了饿鬼界、解脱了恶趣、堕落、苦界。


‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. Api cassa ime dhammā honti – saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgatappaveditā cassa dhammā paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ.

‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato, api cassa ime dhammā honti saddhindriyaṃ…pe… paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgate cassa saddhāmattaṃ hoti pemamattaṃ. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ. Ime cepi, mahānāma, mahāsālā subhāsitaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ājāneyyuṃ, ime cāhaṃ [imevāhaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), imesāhaṃ (ka.)] mahāsāle byākareyyaṃ – ‘sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti; kimaṅgaṃ [kimaṅga (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pana saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ. Saraṇāni, mahānāma, sakko maraṇakāle sikkhaṃ samādiyī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Dutiyasaraṇānisakkasuttaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
"在此，大名，某些人并不具备对佛陀的坚定信心...对法...对僧...既不具备快速的智慧，也不具备敏捷的智慧，也不具备解脱。然而，他们具有这些法：信根、精进根、念根、定根、慧根。如来所宣说的法，他们能以智慧稍加思考而接受。大名，这样的人也不会去地狱、不会去畜生道、不会去饿鬼界、不会去恶趣、苦趣、堕落处。
在此，大名，某些人并不具备对佛陀的坚定信心...对法...对僧...既不具备快速的智慧，也不具备敏捷的智慧，也不具备解脱，然而他们具有这些法：信根...慧根。他们对如来只有少许信心和爱慕。大名，这样的人也不会去地狱、不会去畜生道、不会去饿鬼界、不会去恶趣、苦趣、堕落处。大名，即使这些大沙罗树能够分辨善说和恶说，我也会宣称这些大沙罗树是'预流果，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉'，何况是娑罗那尼释迦族人呢？大名，娑罗那尼释迦族人在临终时受持了学处。"第四。
5. 第二娑罗那尼释迦经






我理解了您的要求。我会按照以下原则进行翻译:
完整直译成简体中文,不进行意译或缩略。
即使原文有重复部分,也会照原样翻译,不省略。
在章节编号数字后加反斜杠。
不对巴利文进行对照输出。
遇到对仗诗歌体时,译文也会尽量保持对仗。
对于古代地名,如果有把握注解现代地名,会在括号中标注。
确保输出完整,不会出现脱句。
请提供需要翻译的具体文本,我会按照上述要求进行翻译。如果您还有任何其他具体要求,也请告诉我,我会尽力满足。

1021. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Tena kho pana samayena saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato hoti. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Tatra sudaṃ sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotāpanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhāya aparipūrakārī ahosī’’ti. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Idha, bhante, saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Tatra sudaṃ, bhante, sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – ‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotāpanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇoti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhāya aparipūrakārī ahosī’’’ti.

‘‘Yo so, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, so kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya! Yañhi taṃ, mahānāma, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato’, saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Saraṇāni, mahānāma, sakko dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, so kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya!

‘‘Idha, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño vimuttiyā ca samannāgato . So āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, mahānāma , puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti, upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, uddhaṃsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. Ayampi kho, mahānāma , puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.

‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.


1021. 迦毗罗卫因缘
当时，释迦族人萨拉那尼去世了。世尊曾宣称他："已入流，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。"于是，许多释迦族人聚集在一起，抱怨、不满、批评说："真是奇怪啊，真是不可思议啊！现在谁不是入流者呢！既然萨拉那尼释迦族人去世了，世尊宣称他'已入流，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉'。萨拉那尼释迦族人是未圆满学处的人啊。"
这时，释迦族人摩诃男来到世尊处。来到后，向世尊礼拜，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的释迦族人摩诃男对世尊说：
"世尊，这里萨拉那尼释迦族人去世了。世尊宣称他'已入流，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉'。在那里，世尊，许多释迦族人聚集在一起，抱怨、不满、批评说：'真是奇怪啊，真是不可思议啊！现在谁不是入流者呢！既然萨拉那尼释迦族人去世了，世尊宣称他已入流，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。萨拉那尼释迦族人是未圆满学处的人啊。'"
"摩诃男啊，长期皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的优婆塞，他怎么会堕落呢！摩诃男啊，如果正确地说，应该说：'长期皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的优婆塞'，这样说萨拉那尼释迦族人才是正确的。摩诃男啊，萨拉那尼释迦族人长期是皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的优婆塞，他怎么会堕落呢！
摩诃男啊，这里有人对佛具有不动摇的信心 - 如是世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。对法...对僧...他具有敏锐的智慧、迅速的智慧，并具足解脱。他因诸漏尽，于现法中自知自证，具足安住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。摩诃男啊，这个人也解脱了地狱，解脱了畜生界，解脱了饿鬼界，解脱了恶趣、堕落、险难。
再者，摩诃男啊，这里有人对佛具有不动摇的信心 - 如是世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。对法...对僧...他具有敏锐的智慧、迅速的智慧，但不具足解脱。他因五下分结尽而成为中般涅槃者、生般涅槃者、无行般涅槃者、有行般涅槃者、上流至色究竟天者。摩诃男啊，这个人也解脱了地狱，解脱了畜生界，解脱了饿鬼界，解脱了恶趣、堕落、险难。
再者，摩诃男啊，这里有人对佛具有不动摇的信心 - 如是世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。对法...对僧...他既不具有敏锐的智慧，也不具有迅速的智慧，也不具足解脱。他因三结尽，贪、嗔、痴薄，成为一来者，还要再来此世一次便能作苦边。摩诃男啊，这个人也解脱了地狱，解脱了畜生界，解脱了饿鬼界，解脱了恶趣、堕落、险难。
再者，摩诃男啊，这里有人对佛具有不动摇的信心 - 如是世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。对法...对僧...他既不具有敏锐的智慧，也不具有迅速的智慧，也不具足解脱。他因三结尽，成为入流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。摩诃男啊，这个人也解脱了地狱，解脱了畜生界，解脱了饿鬼界，解脱了恶趣、堕


‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno…pe… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato; api cassa ime dhammā honti – saddhindriyaṃ …pe… paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgatappaveditā cassa dhammā paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ.

‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato; api cassa ime dhammā honti – saddhindriyaṃ…pe… paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgate cassa saddhāmattaṃ hoti pemamattaṃ. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, dukkhettaṃ dubbhūmaṃ avihatakhāṇukaṃ, bījāni cassu khaṇḍāni pūtīni vātātapahatāni asārādāni asukhasayitāni [asukhāpassayitāni (ka.)], devo ca na sammā [devo pana sammā (syā. kaṃ.), devo na sammā (ka.) dī. ni. 2.438] dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyu’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahānāma, idha dhammo durakkhāto [dvākkhāto (pī. ka.)] hoti duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito – idamahaṃ dukkhettasmiṃ vadāmi. Tasmiñca dhamme sāvako viharati dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī – idamahaṃ dubbījasmiṃ vadāmi’’.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, sukhettaṃ subhūmaṃ suvihatakhāṇukaṃ, bījāni cassu akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni; devo ca [devo cassa (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyu’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahānāma, idha dhammo svākkhāto hoti suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito – idamahaṃ sukhettasmiṃ vadāmi. Tasmiñca dhamme sāvako viharati dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī – idamahaṃ subījasmiṃ vadāmi. Kimaṅgaṃ pana saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ! Saraṇāni, mahānāma, sakko maraṇakāle sikkhāya paripūrakārī ahosī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

6. Paṭhamaanāthapiṇḍikasuttaṃ



再者，摩诃男啊，这里有人对佛并不具有不动摇的信心...对法...对僧...他既不具有敏锐的智慧，也不具有迅速的智慧，也不具足解脱；但是他具有这些法：信根...慧根。如来所宣说的法，他以智慧稍加思考就能接受。摩诃男啊，这个人也不会去地狱，不会去畜生界，不会去饿鬼界，不会去恶趣、堕落、险难。
再者，摩诃男啊，这里有人对佛并不具有不动摇的信心...对法...对僧...他既不具有敏锐的智慧，也不具有迅速的智慧，也不具足解脱；但是他具有这些法：信根...慧根。他对如来只有少许信心和爱慕。摩诃男啊，这个人也不会去地狱，不会去畜生界，不会去饿鬼界，不会去恶趣、堕落、险难。
摩诃男啊，就像劣等的田地，劣等的土壤，未清除树桩，种子又破损、腐烂、被风日所损，无精华，未妥善存放，天又不适时降雨。这些种子能否生长、发芽、茂盛呢？"不能，世尊。""同样地，摩诃男啊，这里法被错误宣说，被错误传授，不能引导出离，不能导向寂静，不是正等觉者所宣说的 - 我说这是劣等的田地。在这样的法中，弟子安住，随法而行，正确地实践，随法而行 - 我说这是劣等的种子。
摩诃男啊，就像优良的田地，优良的土壤，已清除树桩，种子又完整、未腐烂、未被风日所损，有精华，妥善存放，天又适时降雨。这些种子能否生长、发芽、茂盛呢？"能，世尊。""同样地，摩诃男啊，这里法被善说，被善传授，能引导出离，能导向寂静，是正等觉者所宣说的 - 我说这是优良的田地。在这样的法中，弟子安住，随法而行，正确地实践，随法而行 - 我说这是优良的种子。更何况是萨拉那尼释迦族人！摩诃男啊，萨拉那尼释迦族人在临终时是圆满学处的。"
第五
6. 第一给孤

1022. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Tena kho pana samayena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vanda – ‘anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vandati. Evañca vadati – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā sāriputto anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, gahapati, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no abhikkamo’’ti? ‘‘Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṃ, na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo’’ti.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, buddhe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpo te buddhe appasādo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, buddhe aveccappasādo – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Tañca pana te buddhe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, dhamme appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te dhamme appasādo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, dhamme aveccappasādo – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Tañca pana te dhamme aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, saṅghe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te saṅghe appasādo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, saṅghe aveccappasādo – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Tañca pana te saṅghe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, dussīlyena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpaṃ te dussīlyaṃ natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, ariyakantāni sīlāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikāni. Tāni ca pana te ariyakantāni sīlāni attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchādiṭṭhi natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammādiṭṭhi. Tañca pana te sammādiṭṭhiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāsaṅkappena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati , tathārūpo te micchāsaṅkappo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāsaṅkappo. Tañca pana te sammāsaṅkappaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.


1022. 舍卫城因缘
当时，给孤独长者生病了，痛苦，重病。于是给孤独长者对一个人说："来吧，朋友，你去尊者舍利弗那里；到了之后，以我的名义顶礼尊者舍利弗的双足，说：'尊者，给孤独长者生病了，痛苦，重病。他顶礼尊者舍利弗的双足。'然后这样说：'善哉，尊者，请尊者舍利弗出于慈悲，前往给孤独长者的住所。'"
"是的，尊者。"那人答应了给孤独长者，就去尊者舍利弗那里。到了之后，向尊者舍利弗礼拜，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那人对尊者舍利弗说：
"尊者，给孤独长者生病了，痛苦，重病。他顶礼尊者舍利弗的双足。他这样说：'善哉，尊者，请尊者舍利弗出于慈悲，前往给孤独长者的住所。'"尊者舍利弗以沉默表示同意。
于是尊者舍利弗在上午时分穿好衣服，拿着钵和衣，以尊者阿难为随从，前往给孤独长者的住所。到了之后，坐在准备好的座位上。坐下后，尊者舍利弗对给孤独长者说："长者，你还好吗？还能维持吗？痛苦是否减轻，没有加重？是否显示减轻的迹象，而不是加重？""尊者，我不好，不能维持。剧烈的痛苦在加重，没有减轻；显示加重的迹象，而不是减轻。"
"长者，就像不信佛的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的不信佛。相反，长者，你对佛有不动摇的信心 - 如是世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。当你观察到自己有这样对佛的不动摇信心时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像不信法的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的不信法。相反，长者，你对法有不动摇的信心 - 法为世尊善说...智者自知。当你观察到自己有这样对法的不动摇信心时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像不信僧的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的不信僧。相反，长者，你对僧有不动摇的信心 - 世尊的声闻僧众是善行道者...是世间无上福田。当你观察到自己有这样对僧的不动摇信心时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像不持戒的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的不持戒。相反，长者，你有圣者所爱戴的戒...导向定。当你观察到自己有这样圣者所爱戴的戒时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像有邪见的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪见。相反，长者，你有正见。当你观察到自己有这样的正见时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像有邪思惟的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪思惟。相反，长者，你有正思惟。当你观察到自己有这样的正思惟时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。


‘‘Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchāvācāya samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchāvācā natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāvācā. Tañca pana te sammāvācaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchākammantena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te micchākammanto natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammākammanto. Tañca pana te sammākammantaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāājīvena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te micchāājīvo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāājīvo. Tañca pana te sammāājīvaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāvāyāmena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te micchāvāyāmo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāvāyāmo. Tañca pana te sammāvāyāmaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchāsatiyā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchāsati natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāsati. Tañca pana te sammāsatiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāsamādhinā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati , tathārūpo te micchāsamādhi natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāsamādhi. Tañca pana te sammāsamādhiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāñāṇena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpaṃ te micchāñāṇaṃ natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāñāṇaṃ. Tañca pana te sammāñāṇaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.

‘‘Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchāvimuttiyā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchāvimutti natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāvimutti. Tañca pana te sammāvimuttiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyyā’’ti.

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambhiṃsu. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati āyasmantañca sāriputtaṃ āyasmantañca ānandaṃ sakeneva thālipākena parivisi. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcāsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ āyasmā sāriputto imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

‘‘Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā;

Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ.

‘‘Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ;

Adaliddoti [adaḷiddoti (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.

‘‘Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ;

Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṃ buddhānasāsana’’nti.

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘handa! Kuto nu tvaṃ, ānanda, āgacchasi divādivassā’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmatā, bhante, sāriputtena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati iminā ca iminā ca ovādena ovadito’’ti. ‘‘Paṇḍito, ānanda, sāriputto; mahāpañño, ānanda, sāriputto, yatra hi nāma cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni dasahākārehi vibhajissatī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Dutiyaanāthapiṇḍikasuttaṃ



长者，就像有邪语的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪语。相反，长者，你有正语。当你观察到自己有这样的正语时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像有邪业的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪业。相反，长者，你有正业。当你观察到自己有这样的正业时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像有邪命的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪命。相反，长者，你有正命。当你观察到自己有这样的正命时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像有邪精进的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪精进。相反，长者，你有正精进。当你观察到自己有这样的正精进时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像有邪念的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪念。相反，长者，你有正念。当你观察到自己有这样的正念时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像有邪定的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪定。相反，长者，你有正定。当你观察到自己有这样的正定时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像有邪智的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪智。相反，长者，你有正智。当你观察到自己有这样的正智时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。
长者，就像有邪解脱的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后会生于恶趣、恶道、堕处、地狱，你没有这样的邪解脱。相反，长者，你有正解脱。当你观察到自己有这样的正解脱时，你的痛苦可能立即平息。"
于是给孤独长者的痛苦立即平息了。然后给孤独长者亲自用自己准备的食物供养尊者舍利弗和尊者阿难。然后给孤独长者在尊者舍利弗用餐完毕、洗净手钵后，取一低座，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的给孤独长者，尊者舍利弗以这些偈颂随喜：
"谁对如来有信心，坚固不动善建立；
谁有美好的戒行，圣者所爱受称赞。
谁对僧团有净信，见解正直且清净；
称他不贫有福德，他的生命不虚度。
因此智者应勤修，信心戒行及净信，
法见分明常忆念，佛陀教导不忘失。"
然后尊者舍利弗以这些偈颂随喜给孤独长者后，从座位起身离开。
然后尊者阿难来到世尊处。来到后，向世尊礼拜，然后坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的尊者阿难说："来吧！阿难，你这大白天从哪里来？""世尊，尊者舍利弗以这样这样的教诫教导给孤独长者。""阿难，舍利弗是智者；阿难，舍利弗是大智慧者，他能以十种方式解说四入流支。"
第六
7. 第二给孤独

1023. Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vanda – ‘anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā ānando yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vandati. Evañca vadati – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā ānando yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā ānando tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā ānando anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, gahapati, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no abhikkamo’’ti? ‘‘Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo’’ti.

‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapati, dhammehi samannāgatassa assutavato puthujjanassa hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano buddhe appasādena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa buddhe appasādaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano dhamme appasādena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa dhamme appasādaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano saṅghe appasādena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa saṅghe appasādaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano dussīlyena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa dussīlyaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Imehi kho, gahapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgatassa assutavato puthujjanassa hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapati, dhammehi samannāgatassa sutavato ariyasāvakassa na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Tañca panassa buddhe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Tañca panassa dhamme aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Tañca panassa saṅghe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.


1023. 舍卫城因缘
当时，给孤独长者生病了，痛苦，重病。于是给孤独长者对一个人说："来吧，朋友，你去尊者阿难那里；到了之后，以我的名义顶礼尊者阿难的双足，说：'尊者，给孤独长者生病了，痛苦，重病。他顶礼尊者阿难的双足。'然后这样说：'善哉，尊者，请尊者阿难出于慈悲，前往给孤独长者的住所。'"
"是的，尊者。"那人答应了给孤独长者，就去尊者阿难那里。到了之后，向尊者阿难礼拜，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那人对尊者阿难说："尊者，给孤独长者生病了，痛苦，重病。他顶礼尊者阿难的双足。他这样说：'善哉，尊者，请尊者阿难出于慈悲，前往给孤独长者的住所。'"尊者阿难以沉默表示同意。
于是尊者阿难在上午时分穿好衣服，拿着钵和衣，前往给孤独长者的住所。到了之后，坐在准备好的座位上。坐下后，尊者阿难对给孤独长者说："长者，你还好吗？还能维持吗？痛苦是否减轻，没有加重？是否显示减轻的迹象，而不是加重？""尊者，我不好，不能维持。剧烈的痛苦在加重，没有减轻；显示加重的迹象，而不是减轻。"
"长者，具有四法的无闻凡夫会有恐惧，会有战栗，会有对来世的死亡恐惧。哪四法？长者，这里无闻凡夫对佛不具足净信。当他观察到自己对佛不具足净信时，会有恐惧，会有战栗，会有对来世的死亡恐惧。
再者，长者，无闻凡夫对法不具足净信。当他观察到自己对法不具足净信时，会有恐惧，会有战栗，会有对来世的死亡恐惧。
再者，长者，无闻凡夫对僧不具足净信。当他观察到自己对僧不具足净信时，会有恐惧，会有战栗，会有对来世的死亡恐惧。
再者，长者，无闻凡夫不持戒。当他观察到自己不持戒时，会有恐惧，会有战栗，会有对来世的死亡恐惧。长者，具有这四法的无闻凡夫会有恐惧，会有战栗，会有对来世的死亡恐惧。
长者，具有四法的多闻圣弟子没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有对来世的死亡恐惧。哪四法？长者，这里多闻圣弟子对佛具有不动摇的净信 - 如是世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。当他观察到自己对佛具有不动摇的净信时，没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有对来世的死亡恐惧。
再者，长者，多闻圣弟子对法具有不动摇的净信 - 法为世尊善说...智者自知。当他观察到自己对法具有不动摇的净信时，没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有对来世的死亡恐惧。
再者，长者，多闻圣弟子对僧具有不动摇的净信 - 世尊的声闻僧众是善行道者...是世间无上福田。当他观察到自己对僧具有不动摇的净信时，没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有对来世的死亡恐惧。


‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Tāni ca panassa ariyakantāni sīlāni attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Imehi kho, gahapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgatassa sutavato ariyasāvakassa na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhaya’’nti.

‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhante ānanda, bhāyāmi. Kyāhaṃ bhāyissāmi! Ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato homi – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato homi – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Yāni cimāni, bhante, bhagavatā gihisāmīcikāni sikkhāpadāni desitāni, nāhaṃ tesaṃ kiñci attani khaṇḍaṃ samanupassāmī’’ti . ‘‘Lābhā te, gahapati, suladdhaṃ te, gahapati! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tayā, gahapati, byākata’’nti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Paṭhamabhayaverūpasantasuttaṃ

1024. Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni ca honti, catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ariyo cassa ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni [khīṇatiracchānayoniyo (sabbattha)] khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’.

‘‘Katamāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti? Yaṃ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātappaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati. Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti. Yaṃ, gahapati, adinnādāyī…pe… yaṃ, gahapati, kāmesumicchācārī…pe… yaṃ, gahapati, musāvādī…pe… yaṃ, gahapati, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānappaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati. Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti. Imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.

‘‘Katamo cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti – iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati; iti imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati; yadidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho…pe… phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayamassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho.

‘‘Yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ayañcassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho . So ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Dutiyabhayaverūpasantasuttaṃ



再者，长者，多闻圣弟子具足圣者所爱戒，无缺漏...导向定。当他观察到自己具有这些圣者所爱戒时，没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有对来世的死亡恐惧。长者，具有这四法的多闻圣弟子没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有对来世的死亡恐惧。"
"尊者阿难，我不害怕。我为什么要害怕呢！尊者，我对佛具有不动摇的净信 - 如是世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。对法...对僧具有不动摇的净信 - 世尊的声闻僧众是善行道者...是世间无上福田。尊者，关于世尊所说的在家人应遵守的学处，我没有看到自己有任何破坏。""长者，你有所得，长者，你有善得！长者，你已宣说了入流果。"
第七
8. 第一恐惧怨敌平息经
1024. 舍卫城因缘。世尊对坐在一旁的给孤独长者说："长者，当圣弟子的五种恐惧怨敌平息了，具足四入流支，以智慧善见、善通达圣理，他若愿意，可以自己宣说自己：'我已尽地狱，已尽畜生界，已尽饿鬼界，已尽恶趣、堕落、险难；我是入流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。'
哪五种恐惧怨敌平息了？长者，杀生者因杀生而在现法中生起恐惧怨敌，在来世中生起恐惧怨敌，内心感受痛苦忧恼。对于离杀生者，这种恐惧怨敌就平息了。长者，不与取者...长者，邪淫者...长者，妄语者...长者，饮酒放逸者因饮酒放逸而在现法中生起恐惧怨敌，在来世中生起恐惧怨敌，内心感受痛苦忧恼。对于离饮酒放逸者，这种恐惧怨敌就平息了。这五种恐惧怨敌平息了。
具足哪四入流支？长者，这里圣弟子对佛具有不动摇的净信 - 如是世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。对法...对僧...具足圣者所爱戒，无缺漏...导向定。他具足这四入流支。
什么是他以智慧善见、善通达的圣理？长者，这里圣弟子善正思惟缘起：此有故彼有，此生故彼生；此无故彼无，此灭故彼灭。即无明缘行，行缘识...如是这整个苦蕴集起。由于无明的无余离贪灭，行灭...触灭故受灭，受灭故爱灭...如是这整个苦蕴灭。这是他以智慧善见、善通达的圣理。
长者，当圣弟子的这五种恐惧怨敌平息了，具足这四入流支，以智慧善见、善通达这圣理，他若愿意，可以自己宣说自己：'我已尽地狱，已尽畜生界，已尽饿鬼界，已尽恶趣、堕落、险难；我是入流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。'"
第八
9. 第二恐惧怨敌平息经



1025. Sāvatthinidānaṃ…pe… ‘‘yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ayañcassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho; so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Nandakalicchavisuttaṃ

1026. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho nandako licchavimahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho nandakaṃ licchavimahāmattaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Catūhi kho, nandaka, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, nandaka, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, nandaka, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

‘‘Imehi ca pana, nandaka, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako āyunā saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; vaṇṇena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; sukhena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; yasena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; ādhipateyyena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi. Taṃ kho panāhaṃ, nandaka , nāññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sutvā vadāmi. Api ca yadeva mayā sāmaṃ ñātaṃ sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sāmaṃ viditaṃ, tadevāhaṃ vadāmī’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte aññataro puriso nandakaṃ licchavimahāmattaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nahānakālo, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ dāni, bhaṇe, etena bāhirena nahānena. Alamidaṃ ajjhattaṃ nahānaṃ bhavissati, yadidaṃ – bhagavati pasādo’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Saraṇānivaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Mahānāmena dve vuttā, godhā ca saraṇā duve;

Duve anāthapiṇḍikā, duve verabhayena ca;

Licchavī dasamo vutto, vaggo tena pavuccatīti.

4. Puññābhisandavaggo

1. Paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ

1027. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Ayaṃ dutiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Ayaṃ tatiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ

1028. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Tatiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ



以下是简体中文直译:
1025. 舍卫城因缘...乃至..."诸比丘,当圣弟子的这五种怖畏仇恨平息时,他具足这四种预流支,这圣理为他以慧善见、善通达;他若愿意,可以自己宣说自己:'我已尽地狱,已尽畜生道,已尽饿鬼界,已尽恶趣、堕处、恶道;我是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。'"第九。
10. 难陀迦离车维经
1026. 一时,世尊住毗舍离(现在印度比哈尔邦)大林重阁讲堂。那时,离车大臣难陀迦来到世尊处;来到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的离车大臣难陀迦如是说:
"难陀迦,圣弟子具足四法,即为预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。哪四法?难陀迦,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。难陀迦,圣弟子具足这四法,即为预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。
难陀迦,圣弟子具足这四法,与寿命相应,无论天上或人间;与容色相应,无论天上或人间;与快乐相应,无论天上或人间;与名声相应,无论天上或人间;与主权相应,无论天上或人间。难陀迦,我说这不是听自其他沙门或婆罗门。而是我自己所知、所见、所证,我才如是说。"
如是说已,一位男子对离车大臣难陀迦说:"尊者,沐浴时间到了。""够了,朋友,这外在的沐浴。这内在的沐浴就足够了,也就是对世尊的净信。"第十。
第三 归依品
其摄颂:
两经说大名,两经说乔陀,
两经说归依,两经说无护,
两经说怖畏,第十说离车,
如是说此品。
4. 福德流品
1. 第一福德流经
1027. 舍卫城因缘。"诸比丘,有四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。哪四种?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'这是第一种福德流、善法流、乐之食。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对法具足不坏净:'法为世尊善说...乃至...智者自知。'这是第二种福德流、善法流、乐之食。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对僧具足不坏净:'世尊的弟子僧众善行道...乃至...世间无上福田。'这是第三种福德流、善法流、乐之食。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。这是第四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。诸比丘,这四种是福德流、善法流、乐之食。"第一。
2. 第二福德流经
1028. "诸比丘,有四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。哪四种?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'这是第一种福德流、善法流、乐之食。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子以离垢吝啬之心住家,解脱施舍,净手乐于舍弃,乐于布施,乐于均分布施。这是第四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。诸比丘,这四种是福德流、善法流、乐之食。"第二。
3. 第三福德流经

1029. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Paṭhamadevapadasuttaṃ

1030. Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.

Katamāni cattāri? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Idaṃ catutthaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāyā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Dutiyadevapadasuttaṃ

1031. ‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.

‘‘Katamāni cattāri? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘kiṃ nu kho devānaṃ devapada’nti? So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘abyābajjhaparame khvāhaṃ etarahi deve suṇāmi. Na ca kho panāhaṃ kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā. Addhāhaṃ devapadadhammasamannāgato viharāmī’’’ti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘kiṃ nu kho devānaṃ devapada’nti ? So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘abyābajjhaparame khvāhaṃ etarahi deve suṇāmi. Na kho panāhaṃ kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā. Addhāhaṃ devapadadhammasamannāgato viharāmī’ti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāyā’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

6. Devasabhāgasuttaṃ

1032. ‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgataṃ attamanā devā sabhāgataṃ kathenti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Yā tā devatā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā ito cutā tatrūpapannā tāsaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘yathārūpena kho mayaṃ buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā tato cutā idhūpapannā, ariyasāvakopi tathārūpena buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato ehīti devānaṃ santike’’’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Yā tā devatā ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā ito cutā tatrūpapannā tāsaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘yathārūpehi kho mayaṃ ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā tato cutā idhūpapannā, ariyasāvakopi tathārūpehi ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato ehīti devānaṃ santike’ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ attamanā devā sabhāgataṃ kathentī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Mahānāmasuttaṃ



以下是简体中文直译:
1029. "诸比丘,有四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。哪四种?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'这是第一种福德流、善法流、乐之食。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子有慧,具足圣、出离、正趣苦灭之生灭慧。这是第四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。诸比丘,这四种是福德流、善法流、乐之食。"第三。
4. 第一天足经
1030. 舍卫城因缘。"诸比丘,有四种天足,为不清净众生之清净,为不纯洁众生之纯洁。
哪四种?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'这是第一种天足,为不清净众生之清净,为不纯洁众生之纯洁。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。这是第四种天足,为不清净众生之清净,为不纯洁众生之纯洁。诸比丘,这四种是天足,为不清净众生之清净,为不纯洁众生之纯洁。"第四。
5. 第二天足经
1031. "诸比丘,有四种天足,为不清净众生之清净,为不纯洁众生之纯洁。
哪四种?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'他如是思惟:'什么是天足?'他如是了知:'我现在听说诸天以无害为最上。我不伤害任何动物或植物。我确实具足天足法而住。'这是第一种天足,为不清净众生之清净,为不纯洁众生之纯洁。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。他如是思惟:'什么是天足?'他如是了知:'我现在听说诸天以无害为最上。我不伤害任何动物或植物。我确实具足天足法而住。'这是第四种天足,为不清净众生之清净,为不纯洁众生之纯洁。诸比丘,这四种是天足,为不清净众生之清净,为不纯洁众生之纯洁。"第五。
6. 天众经
1032. "诸比丘,诸天欢喜地说具足四法者为同类。哪四法?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'那些对佛具足不坏净的诸天从这里死后生到那里,他们这样想:'我们以这样的对佛不坏净从那里死后生到这里,圣弟子也以这样的对佛不坏净来到诸天之处。'
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。那些具足圣者所爱戒的诸天从这里死后生到那里,他们这样想:'我们以这样的圣者所爱戒从那里死后生到这里,圣弟子也以这样的圣者所爱戒来到诸天之处。'诸比丘,诸天欢喜地说具足这四法者为同类。"第六。
7. 摩诃男经

1033. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, upāsako hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako hotī’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako sīlasampanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako sīlasampanno hotī’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako saddhāsampanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, mahānāma, upāsako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako saddhāsampanno hotī’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako cāgasampanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, mahānāma, upāsako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako cāgasampanno hotī’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako paññāsampanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, mahānāma, upāsako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako paññāsampanno hotī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Vassasuttaṃ

1034. ‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṃ udakaṃ yathāninnaṃ pavattamānaṃ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṃ [mahāsamuddasāgaraṃ (sabbattha) saṃ. ni. 4.70] paripūrenti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa yo ca buddhe aveccappasādo, yo ca dhamme aveccappasādo, yo ca saṅghe aveccappasādo, yāni ca ariyakantāni sīlāni – ime dhammā sandamānā pāraṃ gantvā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Kāḷigodhasuttaṃ

1035. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kāḷigodhāya sākiyāniyā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho kāḷigodhā sākiyānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho kāḷigodhaṃ sākiyāniṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Catūhi kho, godhe, dhammehi samannāgatā ariyasāvikā sotāpannā hoti avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, godhe, ariyasāvikā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī [payatapāṇī (sabbattha) 3.30 moggallānasuttaṃ oloketabbaṃ] vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṃvibhāgaratā. Imehi kho, godhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgatā ariyasāvikā sotāpannā hoti avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti.

‘‘Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi. Ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… yaṃ kho pana kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ appaṭivibhattaṃ sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehī’’ti. ‘‘Lābhā te, godhe, suladdhaṃ te, godhe! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tayā, godhe, byākata’’nti. Navamaṃ.

10. Nandiyasakkasuttaṃ



以下是简体中文直译:
1033. 一时,世尊住在释迦族的迦毗罗卫城(现在尼泊尔境内)尼拘律园。那时,释迦族人摩诃男来到世尊处;来到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的释迦族人摩诃男对世尊如是说:
"世尊,如何才算是优婆塞?"
"摩诃男,当归依佛、归依法、归依僧时,摩诃男,这样就算是优婆塞。"
"世尊,如何优婆塞具足戒?"
"摩诃男,当优婆塞离杀生、离不与取、离欲邪行、离妄语、离饮酒放逸处,摩诃男,这样优婆塞就具足戒。"
"世尊,如何优婆塞具足信?"
"摩诃男,此处优婆塞有信,信如来的觉悟:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'摩诃男,这样优婆塞就具足信。"
"世尊,如何优婆塞具足舍?"
"摩诃男,此处优婆塞以离垢吝啬之心住家,解脱施舍,净手乐于舍弃,乐于布施,乐于均分布施,摩诃男,这样优婆塞就具足舍。"
"世尊,如何优婆塞具足慧?"
"摩诃男,此处优婆塞有慧,具足圣、出离、正趣苦灭之生灭慧,摩诃男,这样优婆塞就具足慧。"第七。
8. 雨经
1034. "诸比丘,譬如在高山上下大雨,那水顺着低处流动,填满山涧溪谷,山涧溪谷满了就填满小池,小池满了就填满大池,大池满了就填满小河,小河满了就填满大河,大河满了就填满大海;同样地,诸比丘,圣弟子对佛的不坏净、对法的不坏净、对僧的不坏净,以及圣者所爱戒 - 这些法流动、到达彼岸,导向诸漏尽。"第八。
9. 迦利瞿昙弥经
1035. 一时,世尊住在释迦族的迦毗罗卫城尼拘律园。那时,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿着衣钵,来到释迦族女迦利瞿昙弥的住处;来到后,坐在准备好的座位上。那时,释迦族女迦利瞿昙弥来到世尊处;来到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的释迦族女迦利瞿昙弥如是说:
"瞿昙弥,圣女弟子具足四法,即为预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。哪四法?瞿昙弥,此处圣女弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...以离垢吝啬之心住家,解脱施舍,净手乐于舍弃,乐于布施,乐于均分布施。瞿昙弥,圣女弟子具足这四法,即为预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。"
"世尊,世尊所说的这四预流支,这些法在我身上存在,我也在这些法中显现。世尊,我对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...凡是家中应施之物,我都未分别地与持戒、善法者共享。"
"瞿昙弥,你有所得,瞿昙弥,你善得!瞿昙弥,你已宣说预流果。"第九。
10. 难提释迦经

1036. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho nandiyo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho nandiyo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yasseva nu kho, bhante, ariyasāvakassa cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ natthi sveva nu kho, bhante, ariyasāvako pamādavihārī’’ti.

‘‘‘Yassa kho, nandiya, cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ natthi tamahaṃ bāhiro puthujjanapakkhe ṭhito’ti vadāmi. Api ca, nandiya, yathā ariyasāvako pamādavihārī ceva hoti, appamādavihārī ca taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho nandiyo sakko bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Kathañca, nandiya, ariyasāvako pamādavihārī hoti? Idha nandiya, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So tena buddhe aveccappasādena santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya, rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. Tassa evaṃ pamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ na hoti. Pāmojje asati, pīti na hoti. Pītiyā asati, passaddhi na hoti. Passaddhiyā asati, dukkhaṃ viharati. Dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati. Asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ apātubhāvā pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nandiya, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. Tassa evaṃ pamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ na hoti. Pāmojje asati, pīti na hoti. Pītiyā asati, passaddhi na hoti. Passaddhiyā asati, dukkhaṃ viharati. Dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati . Asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ apātubhāvā pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ kho, nandiya, ariyasāvako pamādavihārī hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, nandiya, ariyasāvako appamādavihārī hoti? Idha, nandiya, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So tena buddhe aveccappasādena asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. Tassa evaṃ appamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhite citte dhammā pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati .

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nandiya, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya . Tassa evaṃ appamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhite citte dhammā pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ kho, nandiya, ariyasāvako appamādavihārī hotī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Puññābhisandavaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Abhisandā tayo vuttā, duve devapadāni ca;

Sabhāgataṃ mahānāmo, vassaṃ kāḷī ca nandiyāti.

5. Sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo

1. Paṭhamaabhisandasuttaṃ



以下是简体中文直译:
1036. 一时,世尊住在释迦族的迦毗罗卫城(现在尼泊尔境内)尼拘律园。那时,释迦族人难提来到世尊处;来到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的释迦族人难提对世尊如是说:"世尊,如果圣弟子完全没有四预流支,世尊,这样的圣弟子是住于放逸吗?"
"难提,若完全没有四预流支,我说他是站在外道凡夫一边。然而,难提,圣弟子如何住于放逸,如何住于不放逸,你听,好好作意,我将说。""是的,世尊。"释迦族人难提回答世尊。世尊如是说:
"难提,圣弟子如何住于放逸?难提,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'他以那对佛的不坏净而满足,不进一步努力白天独处,夜间禅修。他如是放逸而住,不生喜悦。无喜悦,则无喜。无喜,则无轻安。无轻安,则住于苦。有苦者心不定。心不定则法不显现。法不显现则被称为住于放逸。
再者,难提,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。他以那圣者所爱戒而满足,不进一步努力白天独处,夜间禅修。他如是放逸而住,不生喜悦。无喜悦,则无喜。无喜,则无轻安。无轻安,则住于苦。有苦者心不定。心不定则法不显现。法不显现则被称为住于放逸。难提,这样圣弟子住于放逸。
难提,圣弟子如何住于不放逸?难提,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'他以那对佛的不坏净而不满足,进一步努力白天独处,夜间禅修。他如是不放逸而住,生喜悦。有喜悦,则生喜。有喜者身轻安。身轻安则感受乐。有乐者心定。心定则法显现。法显现则被称为住于不放逸。
再者,难提,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。他以那圣者所爱戒而不满足,进一步努力白天独处,夜间禅修。他如是不放逸而住,生喜悦。有喜悦,则生喜。有喜者身轻安。身轻安则感受乐。有乐者心定。心定则法显现。法显现则被称为住于不放逸。难提,这样圣弟子住于不放逸。"第十。
第四 福德流品
其摄颂:
说三种福德流,两种天足,
同类及摩诃男,雨、迦利与难提。
5. 有偈福德流品
1. 第一流经

1037. ‘‘Cattārome , bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave , cattāro puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī’ti vāti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī’’ti.

Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ,

Bahubheravaṃ ratanagaṇānamālayaṃ;

Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā,

Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ.

‘‘Evaṃ naraṃ annapānavatthadadaṃ,

Seyyāni paccattharaṇassa [sajjattharaṇassa (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dāyakaṃ;

Puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,

Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgara’’nti. paṭhamaṃ;

2. Dutiyaabhisandasuttaṃ

1038. ‘‘Cattārome , bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro . Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando , sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yatthimā mahānadiyo saṃsandanti samenti, seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī, tattha na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī’ti vāti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā…pe… satthā –

‘‘Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ,

Bahubheravaṃ ratanagaṇānamālayaṃ;

Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā,

Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ.

‘‘Evaṃ naraṃ annapānavatthadadaṃ,

Seyyāni paccattharaṇassa dāyakaṃ;

Puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,

Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgara’’nti. dutiyaṃ;

3. Tatiyaabhisandasuttaṃ



以下是简体中文直译:
1037. "诸比丘,有四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。哪四种?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'这是第一种福德流、善法流、乐之食。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。这是第四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。诸比丘,这四种是福德流、善法流、乐之食。
诸比丘,具足这四种福德流、善法流的圣弟子,其福德量不易计算:'有这么多福德流、善法流、乐之食。'而应称为不可数、不可量的大福德蕴。
诸比丘,譬如大海水量不易计算:'有这么多水升'或'有这么多百水升'或'有这么多千水升'或'有这么多百千水升。'而应称为不可数、不可量的大水蕴。同样地,诸比丘,具足这四种福德流、善法流的圣弟子,其福德量不易计算:'有这么多福德流、善法流、乐之食。'而应称为不可数、不可量的大福德蕴。"
世尊说此已。说此已,善逝、师复说此:
"无量大海洋,广大多可畏,
宝藏之所依,众河之归处。
如众人所依,诸河流入海,
施食衣卧具,布施诸寝具。
福流归智者,如水归大海。"第一。
2. 第二流经
1038. "诸比丘,有四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。哪四种?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'这是第一种福德流、善法流、乐之食。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子以离垢吝啬之心住家,解脱施舍,净手乐于舍弃,乐于布施,乐于均分布施。这是第四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。诸比丘,这四种是福德流、善法流、乐之食。
诸比丘,具足这四种福德流、善法流的圣弟子,其福德量不易计算:'有这么多福德流、善法流、乐之食。'而应称为不可数、不可量的大福德蕴。
诸比丘,譬如恒河、耶牟那河、阿致罗伐底河、萨拉浮河、摩希河这些大河汇合处,其水量不易计算:'有这么多水升'或'有这么多百水升'或'有这么多千水升'或'有这么多百千水升。'而应称为不可数、不可量的大水蕴。同样地,诸比丘,具足这四种福德流、善法流的圣弟子,其福德量不易计算:'有这么多福德流、善法流、乐之食。'而应称为不可数、不可量的大福德蕴。"世尊说此已...乃至...师:
"无量大海洋,广大多可畏,
宝藏之所依,众河之归处。
如众人所依,诸河流入海,
施食衣卧具,布施诸寝具。
福流归智者,如水归大海。"第二。
3. 第三流经

1039. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā…pe… satthā –

‘‘Yo puññakāmo kusale patiṭṭhito,

Bhāveti maggaṃ amatassa pattiyā;

So dhammasārādhigamo khaye rato,

Na vedhati maccurājāgamanasmi’’nti [maccurājāgamissatīti (sī. pī.), maccujarākampisminti (ka.)]. tatiyaṃ;

4. Paṭhamamahaddhanasuttaṃ

1040. ‘‘Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo’ti [mahābhogo mahāyasoti (syā. pī. ka.)] vuccati.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo’ti vuccatī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Dutiyamahaddhanasuttaṃ

1041. ‘‘Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo mahāyaso’ti vuccati.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo mahāyaso’ti vuccatī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

6. Suddhakasuttaṃ

1042. ‘‘Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Nandiyasuttaṃ

1043. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho nandiyaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘catūhi kho, nandiya, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, nandiya, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, nandiya, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Bhaddiyasuttaṃ

1044. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho bhaddiyaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘catūhi kho, bhaddiya, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhaddiya, ariyasāvako buddhe…pe… dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhaddiya, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.



以下是简体中文直译:
1039. "诸比丘,有四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。哪四种?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'这是第一种福德流、善法流、乐之食。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...。
再者,诸比丘,圣弟子有慧,具足圣、出离、正趣苦灭之生灭慧。这是第四种福德流、善法流、乐之食。诸比丘,这四种是福德流、善法流、乐之食。
诸比丘,具足这四种福德流、善法流的圣弟子,其福德量不易计算:'有这么多福德流、善法流、乐之食。'而应称为不可数、不可量的大福德蕴。"世尊说此已...乃至...师:
"欲福立善者,修道证不死,
得法髓乐尽,不怖死王至。"第三。
4. 第一大富经
1040. "诸比丘,具足四法的圣弟子被称为'富有、大富、大财'。
哪四法?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。诸比丘,具足这四法的圣弟子被称为'富有、大富、大财'。"第四。
5. 第二大富经
1041. "诸比丘,具足四法的圣弟子被称为'富有、大富、大财、大名声'。
哪四法?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。诸比丘,具足这四法的圣弟子被称为'富有、大富、大财、大名声'。"第五。
6. 纯净经
1042. "诸比丘,具足四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。
哪四法?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。诸比丘,具足这四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。"第六。
7. 难提经
1043. 迦毗罗卫城(现在尼泊尔境内)因缘。世尊对坐在一旁的释迦族人难提如是说:"难提,具足四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。"
"哪四法?难提,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。难提,具足这四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。"第七。
8. 跋提经
1044. 迦毗罗卫城因缘。世尊对坐在一旁的释迦族人跋提如是说:"跋提,具足四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。
哪四法?跋提,此处圣弟子对佛...乃至...对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。跋提,具足这四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。"第八。

9. Mahānāmasuttaṃ

1045. Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘catūhi kho, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti…pe… sambodhiparāyaṇo’’.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe…pe… dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, mahānāma, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Aṅgasuttaṃ

1046. ‘‘Cattārimāni , bhikkhave, sotāpattiyaṅgāni. Katamāni cattāri? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgānī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo pañcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Abhisandā tayo vuttā, duve mahaddhanena ca;

Suddhaṃ nandiyaṃ bhaddiyaṃ, mahānāmaṅgena te dasāti.

6. Sappaññavaggo

1. Sagāthakasuttaṃ

1047. ‘‘Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.

‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha , bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā;

Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ.

‘‘Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ;

Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.

‘‘Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ;

Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṃ buddhānasāsana’’nti. paṭhamaṃ;

2. Vassaṃvutthasuttaṃ



以下是简体中文直译:
9. 摩诃男经
1045. 迦毗罗卫城(现在尼泊尔境内)因缘。世尊对坐在一旁的释迦族人摩诃男如是说:"摩诃男,具足四法的圣弟子是预流者...乃至...决定趣向正觉。"
"哪四法?摩诃男,此处圣弟子对佛...乃至...对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。摩诃男,具足这四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。"第九。
10. 支分经
1046. "诸比丘,有四种预流支。哪四种?亲近善士、听闻正法、如理作意、法随法行 - 诸比丘,这四种是预流支。"第十。
第五 有偈福德流品
其摄颂:
说三种流,两种大富,
纯净、难提、跋提,
摩诃男、支分,共十。
6. 有慧品
1. 有偈经
1047. "诸比丘,具足四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。
哪四法?诸比丘,此处圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:'此世尊是...乃至...人天师、佛、世尊。'对法...乃至...对僧...乃至...具足圣者所爱戒,不破...乃至...导向定。诸比丘,具足这四法的圣弟子是预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。"世尊说此已。说此已,善逝、师复说此:
"信如来坚固,善立不动摇;
戒善圣所爱,为诸贤赞叹。
于僧起净信,见解正直者;
说彼非贫穷,生命不虚度。
是故有智者,随佛之教诲;
应修信与戒,净信见正法。"第一。
2. 雨安居经

1048. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃvuttho kapilavatthuṃ anuppatto hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā – ‘‘aññataro kira bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃvuttho kapilavatthuṃ anuppatto’’ti.

Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kacci, bhante, bhagavā arogo ceva balavā cā’’ti? ‘‘Arogo cāvuso, bhagavā balavā cā’’ti. ‘‘Kacci pana, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā arogā ceva balavanto cā’’ti? ‘‘Sāriputtamoggallānāpi kho, āvuso, arogā ceva balavanto cā’’ti. ‘‘Kacci pana, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho arogo ca balavā cā’’ti. ‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho, āvuso, arogo ca balavā cā’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana te, bhante, kiñci iminā antaravassena bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahita’’nti? ‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā’’’ti.

‘‘Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissantī’’’ti.

‘‘Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Dhammadinnasuttaṃ



以下是简体中文直译:
1048. 一时,世尊住在舍卫城(现在印度北方邦)祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位比丘在舍卫城度过雨安居后,因某事来到迦毗罗卫城(现在尼泊尔境内)。迦毗罗卫城的释迦族人听说:"有一位比丘在舍卫城度过雨安居后来到迦毗罗卫城。"
于是,迦毗罗卫城的释迦族人来到那位比丘处;来到后,礼敬那位比丘,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的迦毗罗卫城释迦族人对那位比丘如是说:"尊者,世尊是否健康、强壮?"
"朋友们,世尊健康、强壮。"
"尊者,舍利弗、目犍连是否健康、强壮?"
"朋友们,舍利弗、目犍连也健康、强壮。"
"尊者,比丘僧团是否健康、强壮?"
"朋友们,比丘僧团也健康、强壮。"
"尊者,你在这个雨安居期间,是否亲自从世尊处听闻、领受了什么?"
"朋友们,我亲自从世尊处听闻、领受了这个:'诸比丘,少数比丘由于诸漏尽而住于无漏心解脱、慧解脱,于现法中自知、证悟、具足。而更多的比丘由于五下分结尽而成为化生者,在那里般涅槃,不从那世界回来。'
朋友们,我又亲自从世尊处听闻、领受了这个:'诸比丘,少数比丘由于五下分结尽而成为化生者,在那里般涅槃,不从那世界回来。而更多的比丘由于三结尽,贪、嗔、痴薄,成为一来者,还要再来此世一次便作苦边。'
朋友们,我又亲自从世尊处听闻、领受了这个:'诸比丘,少数比丘由于三结尽,贪、嗔、痴薄,成为一来者,还要再来此世一次便作苦边。而更多的比丘由于三结尽成为预流者,不堕恶趣法,决定趣向正觉。'"第二。
3. 法授经

1049. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Atha kho dhammadinno upāsako pañcahi upāsakasatehi saddhiṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dhammadinno upāsako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ovadatu no, bhante, bhagavā; anusāsatu no, bhante, bhagavā yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.

‘‘Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinnaṃ, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba’’nti. ‘‘Na kho netaṃ, bhante, sukaraṃ amhehi puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvasantehi kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhontehi mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhārayantehi jātarūparajataṃ sādiyantehi – ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Tesaṃ no, bhante, bhagavā amhākaṃ pañcasu sikkhāpadesu ṭhitānaṃ uttaridhammaṃ desetū’’ti.

‘‘Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā bhavissāma akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī’ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba’’nti.

‘‘Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā amhesu, mayañca tesu dhammesu sandissāma. Mayañhi bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī’’ti. ‘‘Lābhā vo , dhammadinna, suladdhaṃ vo, dhammadinna! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tumhehi byākata’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Gilānasuttaṃ



1049. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Atha kho dhammadinno upāsako pañcahi upāsakasatehi saddhiṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dhammadinno upāsako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ovadatu no, bhante, bhagavā; anusāsatu no, bhante, bhagavā yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.

‘‘Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinnaṃ, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba’’nti. ‘‘Na kho netaṃ, bhante, sukaraṃ amhehi puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvasantehi kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhontehi mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhārayantehi jātarūparajataṃ sādiyantehi – ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Tesaṃ no, bhante, bhagavā amhākaṃ pañcasu sikkhāpadesu ṭhitānaṃ uttaridhammaṃ desetū’’ti.

‘‘Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā bhavissāma akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī’ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba’’nti.

‘‘Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā amhesu, mayañca tesu dhammesu sandissāma. Mayañhi bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī’’ti. ‘‘Lābhā vo , dhammadinna, suladdhaṃ vo, dhammadinna! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tumhehi byākata’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Gilānasuttaṃ



1049. 有一时，世尊住在波罗奈城仙人落处的鹿野苑。那时，法授优婆塞与五百位优婆塞一起来到世尊所在之处；来到后，向世尊礼拜，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的法授优婆塞对世尊如是说："尊者，请世尊教导我们；尊者，请世尊指导我们，使我们长久获得利益和快乐。"
"因此，法授，你们应当如是学习：'对于那些如来所说的经典，深奥、意义深远、出世间的、与空性相应的，我们将时常亲近并安住其中。'法授，你们应当如是学习。""尊者，对于我们这些居住在儿女拥挤的家中，享受迦尸细布和檀香，佩戴花鬘香料，接受金银的人来说，这并非易事——时常亲近并安住于那些如来所说的经典，深奥、意义深远、出世间的、与空性相应的。尊者，请世尊为我们这些安住于五戒的人说示更高深的法。"
"因此，法授，你们应当如是学习：'我们将具足对佛的不动信心——如是这位世尊……乃至……人天导师、佛、世尊。对法……乃至……对僧……乃至……我们将具足圣者所喜爱的戒，无缺失……乃至……导向定。'法授，你们应当如是学习。"
"尊者，世尊所说的这四种预流支，这些法存在于我们身上，我们也在这些法中显现。尊者，我们具足对佛的不动信心——如是这位世尊……乃至……人天导师、佛、世尊。对法……乃至……对僧……乃至……我们具足圣者所喜爱的戒，无缺失……乃至……导向定。""法授，这是你们的利得，法授，这是你们的善得！你们已经宣说了预流果。"
第三。
4. 病人经

1050. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti. Assosi kho mahānāmo sakko – ‘‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – ‘niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’’ti . Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutametaṃ, bhante – ‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti. Na kho netaṃ [na kho te etaṃ (sī. pī.)], bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ sappaññena upāsakena sappañño upāsako ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno ovaditabbo’’ti.

‘‘Sappaññena mahānāma, upāsakena sappañño upāsako ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno catūhi assāsanīyehi dhammehi assāsetabbo – ‘assāsatāyasmā – atthāyasmato buddhe aveccappasādo itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti . Assāsatāyasmā – atthāyasmato dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikānī’’’ti.

‘‘Sappaññena , mahānāma, upāsakena sappañño upāsako ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno imehi catūhi assāsanīyehi dhammehi assāsetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘atthāyasmato mātāpitūsu apekkhā’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘atthi me mātāpitūsu apekkhā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmā kho māriso maraṇadhammo. Sace pāyasmā mātāpitūsu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva; no ce pāyasmā mātāpitūsu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva. Sādhāyasmā, yā te mātāpitūsu apekkhā taṃ pajahā’’’ti.

‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘yā me mātāpitūsu apekkhā sā pahīnā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘atthi panāyasmato puttadāresu apekkhā’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘atthi me puttadāresu apekkhā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmā kho māriso maraṇadhammo. Sace pāyasmā puttadāresu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva; no ce pāyasmā puttadāresu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva. Sādhāyasmā, yā te puttadāresu apekkhā taṃ pajahā’’’ti.

‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘yā me puttadāresu apekkhā sā pahīnā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘atthi panāyasmato mānusakesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu apekkhā’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘atthi me mānusakesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu apekkhā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘mānusakehi kho, āvuso, kāmehi dibbā kāmā abhikkantatarā ca paṇītatarā ca. Sādhāyasmā, mānusakehi kāmehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā cātumahārājikesu [cātummahārājikesu (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] devesu cittaṃ adhimocehī’’’ti.

‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘mānusakehi me kāmehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, cātumahārājikesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocita’nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘cātumahārājikehi kho, āvuso , devehi tāvatiṃsā devā abhikkantatarā ca paṇītatarā ca. Sādhāyasmā, cātumahārājikehi devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā tāvatiṃsesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocehī’’’ti.

‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘cātumahārājikehi me devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, tāvatiṃsesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocita’nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘tāvatiṃsehi kho, āvuso, devehi yāmā devā…pe… tusitā devā…pe… nimmānaratī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattīhi kho, āvuso, devehi brahmaloko abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Sādhāyasmā, paranimmitavasavattīhi devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā brahmaloke cittaṃ adhimocehī’ti. So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘paranimmitavasavattīhi me devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, brahmaloke cittaṃ adhimocita’nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘brahmalokopi kho, āvuso, anicco addhuvo sakkāyapariyāpanno. Sādhāyasmā, brahmalokā cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ upasaṃharāhī’’’ti.


1050. 有一时，世尊住在释迦族的迦毗罗卫城尼拘律园。那时，许多比丘正在为世尊做衣服，[他们想]："世尊做好衣服后，三个月过去就会出发游行。"释迦族的摩诃男听说："据说许多比丘正在为世尊做衣服，[他们想]'世尊做好衣服后，三个月过去就会出发游行'。"于是，释迦族的摩诃男来到世尊所在之处；来到后，向世尊礼拜，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的释迦族摩诃男对世尊如是说："尊者，我听说：'据说许多比丘正在为世尊做衣服，[他们想]世尊做好衣服后，三个月过去就会出发游行。'尊者，我没有亲耳从世尊那里听到，亲自接受过这个。尊者，请告诉我，有智慧的优婆塞应该如何教导生病、痛苦、重病的有智慧的优婆塞。"
"摩诃男，有智慧的优婆塞应该用四种令人安心的法来安慰生病、痛苦、重病的有智慧的优婆塞：'尊者请安心——你对佛有不动信心，如是这位世尊……乃至……人天导师、佛、世尊。尊者请安心——你对法……乃至……对僧……乃至……你具足圣者所喜爱的戒，无缺失……乃至……导向定。'"
"摩诃男，有智慧的优婆塞用这四种令人安心的法安慰生病、痛苦、重病的有智慧的优婆塞后，应该这样问他：'你对父母还有牵挂吗？'如果他回答说：'我对父母还有牵挂'，就应该这样对他说：'尊者，你是必死之人。无论你对父母有牵挂还是没有牵挂，你都会死。最好还是放下你对父母的牵挂。'"
"如果他说：'我对父母的牵挂已经放下了'，就应该这样问他：'你对妻子儿女还有牵挂吗？'如果他回答说：'我对妻子儿女还有牵挂'，就应该这样对他说：'尊者，你是必死之人。无论你对妻子儿女有牵挂还是没有牵挂，你都会死。最好还是放下你对妻子儿女的牵挂。'"
"如果他说：'我对妻子儿女的牵挂已经放下了'，就应该这样问他：'你对人间的五种欲乐还有牵挂吗？'如果他回答说：'我对人间的五种欲乐还有牵挂'，就应该这样对他说：'朋友，天界的欲乐比人间的欲乐更殊胜、更微妙。最好还是从人间的欲乐中提升心念，专注于四大王天的天界。'"
"如果他说：'我的心已经从人间的欲乐中提升，专注于四大王天的天界了'，就应该这样对他说：'朋友，三十三天比四大王天更殊胜、更微妙。最好还是从四大王天中提升心念，专注于三十三天。'"
"如果他说：'我的心已经从四大王天中提升，专注于三十三天了'，就应该这样对他说：'朋友，夜摩天……兜率天……化乐天……他化自在天……朋友，梵天界比他化自在天更殊胜、更微妙。最好还是从他化自在天中提升心念，专注于梵天界。'如果他说：'我的心已经从他化自在天中提升，专注于梵天界了'，就应该这样对他说：'朋友，即使梵天界也是无常的、不持久的，包含在有身见中。最好还是从梵天界中提升心念，专注于有身见的灭尽。'"


‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘brahmalokā me cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ upasaṃharāmī’ti; evaṃ vimuttacittassa kho, mahānāma, upāsakassa āsavā [vassasata (sī. syā.)] vimuttacittena bhikkhunā na kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ vadāmi, yadidaṃ – vimuttiyā vimutta’’nti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Sotāpattiphalasuttaṃ

1051. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo , saddhammassavanaṃ , yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

6. Sakadāgāmiphalasuttaṃ

1052. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? …Pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Anāgāmiphalasuttaṃ

1053. …Pe… anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya…pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Arahattaphalasuttaṃ

1054. …Pe… arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya…pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Paññāpaṭilābhasuttaṃ

1055. …Pe… paññāpaṭilābhāya…pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Paññāvuddhisuttaṃ

1056. …Pe… paññāvuddhiyā …pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

11. Paññāvepullasuttaṃ

1057. …Pe…. Paññāvepullāya…pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Ekādasamaṃ.

Sappaññavaggo chaṭṭho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sagāthakaṃ vassaṃvutthaṃ, dhammadinnañca gilānaṃ;

Caturo phalā paṭilābho, vuddhi vepullatāya cāti.

7. Mahāpaññavaggo

1. Mahāpaññāsuttaṃ

1058. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahāpaññatāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahāpaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Puthupaññāsuttaṃ

1059. … Puthupaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Vipulapaññāsuttaṃ

1060. … Vipulapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Gambhīrapaññāsuttaṃ

1061. … Gambhīrapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Appamattapaññāsuttaṃ

1062. … Appamattapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

6. Bhūripaññāsuttaṃ

1063. … Bhūripaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Paññābāhullasuttaṃ

1064. … Paññābāhullā saṃvattantī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Sīghapaññāsuttaṃ

1065. … Sīghapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Lahupaññāsuttaṃ

1066. … Lahupaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Hāsapaññāsuttaṃ

1067. … Hāsapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

11. Javanapaññāsuttaṃ

1068. … Javanapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Ekādasamaṃ.

12. Tikkhapaññāsuttaṃ

1069. … Tikkhapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Dvādasamaṃ.

13. Nibbedhikapaññāsuttaṃ



"如果他说：'我的心已经从梵天界中提升，我正在专注于有身见的灭尽'；摩诃男，这样心解脱的优婆塞与心解脱的比丘在解脱方面没有任何区别，我说他们都是解脱的。"
第四。
5. 预流果经
1051. "比丘们，这四法若修习、多修，能导向证悟预流果。哪四法？亲近善士、听闻正法、如理作意、法随法行——比丘们，这四法若修习、多修，能导向证悟预流果。"
第五。
6. 一来果经
1052. "比丘们，这四法若修习、多修，能导向证悟一来果。哪四法？……乃至……能导向。"
第六。
7. 不还果经
1053. ……乃至……不还果的证悟……乃至……能导向。
第七。
8. 阿罗汉果经
1054. ……乃至……阿罗汉果的证悟……乃至……能导向。
第八。
9. 获得智慧经
1055. ……乃至……获得智慧……乃至……能导向。
第九。
10. 增长智慧经
1056. ……乃至……增长智慧……乃至……能导向。
第十。
11. 智慧圆满经
1057. ……乃至……智慧圆满……乃至……能导向。
第十一。
有智慧品第六。
其摘要：
有偈颂、雨安居、法授和病人；
四果、获得、增长和圆满。
7. 大智慧品
1. 大智慧经
1058. "比丘们，这四法若修习、多修，能导向大智慧。哪四法？亲近善士、听闻正法、如理作意、法随法行——比丘们，这四法若修习、多修，能导向大智慧。"
第一。
2. 广智慧经
1059. ……能导向广智慧。
第二。
3. 广大智慧经
1060. ……能导向广大智慧。
第三。
4. 深智慧经
1061. ……能导向深智慧。
第四。
5. 无量智慧经
1062. ……能导向无量智慧。
第五。
6. 博智慧经
1063. ……能导向博智慧。
第六。
7. 多智慧经
1064. ……能导向多智慧。
第七。
8. 速智慧经
1065. ……能导向速智慧。
第八。
9. 轻智慧经
1066. ……能导向轻智慧。
第九。
10. 喜智慧经
1067. ……能导向喜智慧。
第十。
11. 迅智慧经
1068. ……能导向迅智慧。
第十一。
12. 利智慧经
1069. ……能导向利智慧。
第十二。
13. 洞察智慧经

1070. … Nibbedhikapaññatā saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā nibbedhikapaññatāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Terasamaṃ.

Mahāpaññavaggo sattamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Mahā puthu vipula-gambhīraṃ, appamatta-bhūri-bāhullaṃ;

Sīgha-lahu-hāsa-javana, tikkha-nibbedhikāya cāti.

Sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ ekādasamaṃ.

1070. ……能导向洞察智慧。哪四法？亲近善士、听闻正法、如理作意、法随法行——比丘们，这四法若修习、多修，能导向洞察智慧。
第十三。
大智慧品第七。
其摘要：
大、广、广大、深，
无量、博、多，
速、轻、喜、迅，
利和洞察。
预流相应第十一。





